EMERSON RADIO CORP
S-1/A, 1995-10-23
HOUSEHOLD AUDIO & VIDEO EQUIPMENT
Previous: ELCO INDUSTRIES INC, SC 13D/A, 1995-10-23
Next: EMERSON RADIO CORP, S-1/A, 1995-10-23




                                                 Registration No. 33- 62873

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C. 20549
                              AMENDMENT No. 1 TO
                                   FORM S-1
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                       
                                        EMERSON RADIO CORP.
            (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

     Delaware                         5064                  22-3285224
    (State of                       (Primary                 (I.R.S.
  Incorporation)                     Standard                 Employer
                                   Industrial              Identification
                                 Classification            on No.)
                                  Code Number)               

                                Nine Entin Road
                             Parsippany, NJ 07054
                                (201) 884-5800
         (Address  including  zip  code and telephone number including
            area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
                                ______________
                                Eugene I. Davis
                                   President
                              Emerson Radio Corp.
                                Nine Entin Road
                             Parsippany, NJ 07054
                                (201) 884-5800
                      (Name address including zip code
                            and telephone number
                  including area code, of agent for service)
                                 ____________
                                With copies to:
                                       
     Albert G. McGrath, Jr., Esq.             Jeffrey M. Davis, Esq.
     Senior Vice President and                Lowenstein, Sandler, Kohl,
       General Counsel                           Fisher & Boylan, P.A.
     Emerson Radio Corp.                      65 Livingston Avenue
     Nine Entin Road                          Roseland, NJ 07068
     Parsippany, NJ 07054                     (201) 992-8700

   Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public.  As soon as
practicable   after  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  declares   the
Registration Statement effective.

  If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a
continuous  basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933,  check
the following box

   The  Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on  such  date  or
dates  as  may  be necessary to delay its effective date until  the  Registrant
shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration
Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)  of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement  shall  become
effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.
                              EMERSON RADIO CORP.

Cross  Reference  Sheet  Pursuant to Item 501 of  Regulation  S-K  showing  the
location in the Prospectus of the response to items of Part I of Form S-1.

         Form S-1 Item          Location in Prospectus
                                                   
1.   Forepart of Registration   Cover Page
     Statement and Outside Front
     Cover Page of Prospectus
                                
2. Inside Front and Outside     Cover Page; Available Information; Back
   Back Cover Pages of          Cover Page
   Prospectus
                                
3. Summary Information, Risk    Summary; Risk Factors
   Factors and  Ratio  of 
   Earnings  to Fixed Charges
                                
4. Use of Proceeds              Summary;  Use of Proceeds; Management's
                                Discussion and
                                Analysis  of Results of Operations  and
                                Financial Condition
                                
5.  Determination  of  Offering Cover Page; Summary; Risk Factors; Plan
    Price                       of Distribution
                                
6. Dilution                     *
                                
7. Selling Securityholders      Cover     Page;    Summary;     Selling
                                Securityholders; Plan of
                                Distribution
                                     
8.   Plan of Distribution       Cover Page; Summary; Plan of
                                Distribution
                                     
9.   Description of Securities
     to be Cover  Page;         Summary;  Description  of
     Registered                 Debentures;   Description of Other
                                Securities
                                     
10.  Interests of Named Experts
     and Counsel                Certain   Relationships   and   Related
                                Transactions
                                     
11.  Information with Respect to
     the Registrant             Summary;  Risk  Factors;  The  Company;
                                Capitalization;  Selected  Consolidated
                                Financial Data; Management's Discussion
                                and  Analysis of Results of  Operations
                                and Financial  Condition; Business;
                                Legal Proceedings; Management;
                                Executive Compensation and Other
                                Information; Certain Relationships  and
                                Related Transactions; Principal
                                Stockholders; Description of Other
                                Securities; Consolidated Financial
                                Statements.
                                     
12. Disclosure of Commission's *
    position on indemnification 
    for Securities Act liabilities
_____________
* Not Applicable


                                      
PROSPECTUS

                                  $20,750,000
                                       
                              EMERSON RADIO CORP.
                                       
                                       
            8-1/2% Senior Subordinated Convertible Debentures Due 2002


   This Prospectus relates to the offer and sale of up to $20,750,000 aggregate
principal  amount  of 8-1/2% Senior Subordinated Convertible Debentures  Due  
2002 (the  "Debentures") of Emerson Radio Corp. ("Emerson" or the "Company") by 
the Selling    Securityholders   (as   hereinafter    defined).     See   
"Selling Securityholders."  The Debentures are convertible into shares of the 
Company's common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), at 
any time prior to  redemption or maturity at an initial conversion price of 
$3.9875 per share, subject  to  adjustment  under  certain circumstances.   
This  Prospectus  also relates to the offer and sale of the shares of Common 
Stock which may be  owned by  the  Selling Securityholders upon conversion
of the Debentures.  On October 20, 1995, the last reported sales price of the
Common Stock, which is traded on the  American  Stock Exchange ("AMEX") under 
the symbol "MSN," was  $2.6875  per share.  See "Description of Debentures," 
"Description of Other Securities"  and "Plan of Distribution."

    Interest  on the Debentures is payable on March 15, June 15, September  15,
and  December  15, of each year commencing September 15, 1995.  The  Debentures
are  redeemable  in whole or in part, at the option of the Company  at  anytime
after  August 15, 1998, at the redemption prices set forth herein, plus accrued
interest, if any, to the redemption date.  Each holder of Debentures will  have
the  right  to cause the Company to redeem the Debentures if certain Designated
Events  (as  defined  in  the  Indenture) should  occur.   The  Debentures  are
subordinated to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness (as defined in  the
Indenture).   At  October 16, 1995, there was approximately  $26.4  million  of
outstanding Senior Indebtedness.  The Debentures restrict the amount of  Senior
Indebtedness and other indebtedness that the Company and, in certain cases, its
subsidiaries may incur.  See "Description of Debentures."

    The  Debentures were initially sold in reliance on exemptions under Section
4(2)  and  other exemptions under the Securities Act of 1933, as  amended  (the
"Securities Act"), to qualified institutional buyers (as defined in  Rule  144A
under  the  Securities Act) ("QIBs") and to a limited number  of  institutional
"accredited  investors"  (as  such  term is  defined  in  Rule  501  under  the
Securities  Act and referred to herein as "Accredited Investors").  Certain  of
the  Debentures and Common Stock underlying the Debentures have been designated
for  trading  in  the Private Offerings, Resales and Trading through  Automatic
Linkages  ("PORTAL") System of the National Association of Securities  Dealers,
Inc.  No other trading market currently exists for the Debentures.

               AN INVESTMENT IN THE DEBENTURES OR THE UNDERLYING
                 COMMON STOCK INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK.
                                       
  SEE "RISK FACTORS" FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED BY
         PURCHASERS OF THE DEBENTURES OR THE UNDERLYING COMMON STOCK.
                                       
 THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE "COMMISSION"), NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
                              A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                          __________________________

               The date of this Prospectus is October 25, 1995.

               
                                SUMMARY

      The  following summary is qualified in its entirety by  the
detailed  information  and  financial statements  (including  the
notes   thereto)  appearing  elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus   or
incorporated by reference herein.  References to "Emerson" or the
"Company" in this Prospectus refer to Emerson Radio Corp. and its
subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise indicates.

                           The Company

      Emerson,  one  of  the  nation's  largest  volume  consumer
electronics  distributors,  directly  and  through  subsidiaries,
designs,  sources,  imports and markets a variety  of  video  and
audio  consumer  electronics and microwave  oven  products.   The
Company distributes its products primarily through mass merchants
and  discount  retailers, leveraging on the strength  of  its
"Emerson and G-Clef" trademark,  a  nationally recognized trade name
in  the  consumer electronics industry.  The trade name "Emerson Radio" 
dates  back to 1912 and is one of the oldest and most well respected names 
in the  consumer products industry.  In addition, the Company offers
a  line  of audio products for sale under the "H.H. Scott"  brand
name.   Approximately $15 billion of factory sales are  generated
by  the  industry  in  the market segment in  which  the  Company
competes.   In calendar year 1994, Emerson believes it was  among
the  top three brand names in unit sales volume of video cassette
recorders ("VCRs") and TV/VCR combinations and among the top five
brand names in unit sales volume of color televisions.

      The  Company  believes it possesses an advantage  over  its
competitors   due  to  the  combination  of  the  Emerson   brand
recognition,  its  extensive distribution  base  and  established
relations with customers in the mass merchant and discount retail
channels  of distribution, its sourcing expertise and established
vendor   relations,  and  an  infrastructure  boasting  personnel
experienced in servicing and providing logistical support to  the
domestic mass merchant distribution channel.  Emerson intends  to
leverage  its  core  competencies to offer  a  broad  variety  of
current  and  new  consumer  products  to  retail  customers   in
developing markets worldwide.  The Company intends to form  joint
ventures  and  enter into licensing agreements  which  will  take
advantage  of the Company's trademarks and utilize the  Company's
logistical and sourcing advantages.

     The Company's core business consists of the distribution and
sale  of  various  low  to moderately priced product  categories,
including  black  and  white and color televisions,  VCRs,  video
cassette players ("VCPs"), TV/VCR combination units, home  stereo
and portable audio products and microwave ovens.  The majority of
the   Company's  marketing  and  sales  of  these   products   is
concentrated in the United States and, to a lesser extent, Canada
and   certain  other  international  regions.   Emerson's   major
competition in these markets are foreign-based manufacturers  and
distributors.   See "Business."

     The Company successfully restructured its financial position
(the  "Restructuring") through a plan of reorganization confirmed
under  Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code ("Plan  of
Reorganization")  on March 31, 1994.  Through the  Restructuring,
the  Company reduced its institutional debt by approximately $203
million.   Additionally, the Company increased its net  sales  by
34%  in the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995 ("Fiscal 1995"), the
fiscal  year immediately following emergence from bankruptcy,  as
compared   to  the  prior  fiscal  year.   See  "The  Company   -
Restructuring of the Company."

                        The Offering

Securities Offered           $20,750,000 aggregate principal
                             amount     of    8-1/2%     Senior
                             Subordinated        Convertible
                             Debentures  Due  2002  and  the
                             underlying  shares  of   Common
                             Stock     by    the     Selling
                             Securityholders.            See
                             "Description of Debentures" and
                             "Selling Securityholders."
                             
Interest Payment Dates       March 15, June 15, September 15
                             and  December 15 of  each  year
                             commencing September 15,  1995.
                             For  the interest period ending
                             on September 15, 1995, interest
                             as  to  each Debenture will  be
                             calculated  from  the   closing
                             date of the sale to the initial
                             Debenture holder applicable  to
                             such Debenture.
                             

Conversion Rights            The  Debentures are convertible
                             prior    to    redemption    or
                             maturity, at the option of  the
                             holder,  into shares of  Common
                             Stock  at an initial conversion
                             price  of $3.9875 per share  of
                             Common   Stock,   subject    to
                             adjustment    under     certain
                             circumstances (the  "Conversion
                             Price").   See "Description  of
                             Debentures."
                             
Redemption at Option of  the At  the  Company's option,  the
Company                      Debentures are redeemable after
                             the  expiration of three  years
                             from  the date of issuance,  in
                             whole   or  in  part,  at   the
                             redemption prices (expressed as
                             a   percentage   of   principal
                             amount) set forth below for the
                             applicable   12-month    period
                             beginning August 15:
                             
                             
                             
                             Year           Redemption Price
                             
                             1998               104%
                             1999               103%
                             2000               102%
                             2001               101%
                             
                             and  at  maturity  at  100%  of
                             principal, together in the case
                             of  any  such  redemption  with
                             accrued   interest    to    the
                             redemption      date.       See
                             "Description of Debentures."
                             
Repurchase at Option of      If   a  Designated  Event   (as
Holders                      defined  herein)  occurs,  each
                             holder  of  the Debentures  has
                             the  right, subject to  certain
                             conditions and restrictions, to
                             require the Company to offer to
                             repurchase    all   outstanding
                             Debentures,  in  whole  or   in
                             part,  owned by such holder  at
                             100%  of their principal amount
                             plus  accrued interest, if any,
                             to  the date of repurchase.  If
                             a  Designated Event occurs,  no
                             assurance can be given that the
                             Company  would have  sufficient
                             funds  to  pay  the  repurchase
                             price    for   all   Debentures
                             tendered    by   the    holders
                             thereof.  The Company's ability
                             to  make such payments  may  be
                             limited  by the terms  of  then
                             existing  borrowings and  other
                             agreements.      See      "Risk
                             Factors,"         "Management's
                             Discussion   and  Analysis   of
                             Results   of   Operations   and
                             Financial    Condition"     and
                             "Description of Debentures."
                             
Subordination                The Debentures are subordinated
                             to   all  existing  and  future
                             Senior Indebtedness (as defined
                             herein).  At October 16,  1995,
                             there  was approximately  $26.4
                             million  of outstanding  Senior
                             Indebtedness.   The   Indenture
                             (the "Indenture") governing the
                             Debentures restricts the amount
                             of   Senior  Indebtedness   and
                             other  indebtedness  that   the
                             Company    and,   in    certain
                             instances, its subsidiaries may
                             incur.   See  "Description   of
                             Debentures."
                             
Use of Proceeds              The  Company  will not  receive
                             any  of  the proceeds from  the
                             sale   of   Debentures   and/or
                             underlying Common Stock offered
                             and   sold   by   the   Selling
                             Securityholders.
                             
Registration                 In  the  Indenture, the Company
                             agreed     to     file      the
                             registration          statement
                             applicable  to this  Prospectus
                             (the  "Registration Statement")
                             covering  the  resale  of   the
                             Debentures (and the  resale  of
                             the Common Stock underlying the
                             Debentures)  by  December   21,
                             1995   and  to  maintain   such
                             effectiveness for a  three-year
                             period.   The interest rate  on
                             the    Debentures   shall    be
                             increased   by  0.5%   if   the
                             Company  fails  to  cause   the
                             Registration    Statement    to
                             become  effective  by  December
                             21,  1995  or to maintain  such
                             effectiveness for a  three-year
                             period   provided   that   such
                             increase   shall  be  effective
                             only   for  so  long   as   the
                             Registration Statement  is  not
                             effective.  See "Description of
                             Debentures."
                             
Trading Market               Certain of the Debentures  (and
                             the   Common  Stock  underlying
                             such  Debentures) sold to  QIBs
                             have   been   designated    for
                             trading  on the PORTAL  System.
                             No   other   market   currently
                             exists for the Debentures.  The
                             Common  Stock is listed on  the
                             AMEX  under  the symbol  "MSN."
                             See "Description of Debentures"
                             and   "Description   of   Other
                             Securities."
                             

Shares of Common Stock       
Outstanding Before Offering1 40,252,772
                             
Shares of Common Stock 
Outstanding Assuming 
Conversion of
$20,750,000 Aggregate 
Principal Amount of          45,456,533
Debentures1,2
                             
Certain Covenants            The Indenture pursuant to which
                             the   Debentures  were   issued
                             restricts,  among other  items,
                             the  ability of the Company and
                             its   subsidiaries  to:   incur
                             additional  indebtedness,   pay
                             dividends or make distributions
                             or  other  restricted payments;
                             consolidate, merge or sell  all
                             or  substantially all of  their
                             assets;   create  liens;   sell
                             certain  assets; sell or  issue
                             capital  stock of the Company's
                             subsidiaries;   make    certain
                             investments,     loans      and
                             advances;      enter       into
                             transactions  with  affiliates;
                             and    make   prepayments    on
                             outstanding indebtedness  other
                             than    Senior    Indebtedness.
                             These covenants are subject  to
                             important    exceptions     and
                             qualifications.             See
                             "Description of Debentures."
                             
Risk Factors                 The  Debentures offered  hereby
                             involve a high degree of  risk.
                             Prospective purchasers  of  the
                             Debentures or the Common  Stock
                             underlying    the    Debentures
                             should  carefully consider  all
                             the  information set  forth  in
                             this    Prospectus   and,    in
                             particular, should evaluate the
                             specific risk factors set forth
                             under      "Risk      Factors,"
                             including, but not limited  to,
                             a   discussion   of   operating
                             losses        and        recent
                             reorganization,  the  Company's
                             secured    indebtedness     and
                             financing,     and      certain
                             outstanding litigation.
                        
1Does not include an aggregate of 3,550,000 shares of Common Stock
issuable upon exercise of (i) 1,890,000 outstanding options exercisable
at a weighted average exercise price of $1.03 per share; (ii) 750,000
outstanding seven-year warrants exercisable at an exercise price of
$1.00 per share until March 31, 1997 and escalating $0.10 per share
per annum therafter until expiration (March 31, 2001); (iii) 410,000
options availabe for issuance under the Company's stock option plans;
and (iv) 500,000 outstanding five-year warrants exercisable at an exericse
price of $3.9875 per share granted to Dresdner Securities (USA) Inc.
(the "Placement Agent") and its authorized dealers in connection with 
the private placement of Debentures.  Also does not include shares
of Common Stock issuable from and after March 31, 1997, upon conversion
of $10 million of Series A Preferred Stock at a price equal to 80% of
the average market value of a share of Common Stock at the time of 
conversion.  See "Risk Factors-Potential Future Sales of Stock," 
"Executive Compensation and Other Information" and "Description of
Other Securities."

2Gives effect to the issuance of 5,203,761 shares of Common Stock upon
conversion of $20,750,000 aggregate principal amount of Debentures at
the initial Conversion Price of $3,9875 per share.

            
            Summary of Consolidated Financial and Operating Data


         The following table sets forth for the periods and dates indicated,
selected  consolidated financial data of the Company and  its  subsidiaries.
The  Company  changed  its fiscal year-end from December  31  to  March  31,
beginning with the period ended March 31, 1992.  Previously, the Company had
changed its fiscal year-end from March 31 to December 31, beginning with the
period  ended December 31, 1990.  The Summary Financial Data should be  read
in  conjunction  with the Consolidated Financial Statements,  including  the
notes  thereto  set  forth  elsewhere in  this  Prospectus.   All  unaudited
financial  information  reflects all adjustments  that  management  believes
necessary to present fairly the results of operations for the periods  being
reported.

<TABLE>

<S>                     <C>              <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>         
                                            Historical
                         Nine Months     Year      Three Months   Year      Year       Year       Three Months    Three Months
                         Ended           Ended        Ended       Ended     Ended      Ended        Ended            Ended
                         Dec. 31,        Dec. 31,   Mar. 31,     Mar 31,   Mar. 31    Mar. 31      June 30         June 30,
                           1990            1991       1992         1993     1994       1995         1994             1995
                                                                                                       
                                                                          
                        (In thousands, except per share and ratio data)
                                                                        
Statement of                                                       
Operations Data:
Net Sales:                                                              
Core Business     $528,809        $716,651    $169,936     $741,357   $487,390  $654,671      $137,140            $ 57,058 
Personal                                                                                        
Computers and
  Other                                                                  
                    96,609          73,555       1,562        --         --         --           --
                   625,418         790,206     171,498     $741,357    487,390   654,671       137,140              57,058 
Net Earnings       (37,463)        (60,746)     (6,976)     (56,000)    55,501     7,375        (2,894)             (1,401)
(Loss)(1)  
                                                                         
Per Common Share:                                                         
Net Earnings                                                         
(Loss) Per
  Common Share(1)(2) (1.03)          (1.60)      (0.18)       (1.47)    (1.45)      0.16         (0.09)              (0.03)
                                                                          
Weighted  Average                                                         
Number of Common 
and Common Equivalent
Shares Outstanding  36,519          37,897      37,968       38,179    38,191     46,571        33,333              40,253
                                                                          
Common Shareholders'
Equity (Deficit)(3)  $1.78         $  0.12      $ (0.04)    $ (1.52)  $  0.98    $  1.08      $   0.88            $   1.04
                                                                          
Ratio of Earnings 
(Loss) to Combined 
Fixed Charges                           
and Preferred        (1.85)          (2.21)       (0.60)      (2.03)   (6.16)       2.92         (3.74)              (0.86)
Stock Dividends
                                                                          
Coverage Deficiency $13,978       $ 18,546        4,217    $ 18,257 $ 10,243          --      $    635            $    803

</TABLE>
        
                                        As of June 30, 1995
    Balance Sheet Data:             Actual         As Adjusted(4)

                                              
                                              
    Working Capital                $39,871         $   59,244
    Total Assets                   103,422            104,799
    Total Debt                      25,870             27,247
    Common Shareholders' Equity     42,944             42,944
    Shareholders' Equity            51,944             51,944
                                             

__________________
(1) The  net earnings for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1994  ("Fiscal
    1994"), include an extraordinary gain of $129,155,000, or $3.38 per  share,
    on  the  extinguishment  of  debt settled in  the  Plan  of  Reorganization.
    Additionally,  the Company recorded reorganization expenses  of  $17,385,000
    relating primarily to the writedown of assets transferred to creditors under
    the  Plan of Reorganization and professional fees and other related expenses
    incurred  during the bankruptcy proceedings.  The results of operations  for
    Fiscal  1993,  the  three months ended March 31, 1992  and  the  year  ended
    December  31,  1991  include  restructuring and other  nonrecurring  charges
    aggregating  $35,002,000, $3,698,000 and $36,964,000,  respectively.   These
    charges  represent the cost of discontinuing the personal computer business,
    professional  fees  and  other expenses related to the  Company's  financial
    restructuring,  and  the  up-front costs and writedowns  of  certain  assets
    associated with implementing long-term cost reduction programs.  Charges for
    Fiscal  1993  also  include  costs related to the  Company's  proxy  contest
    settled  in  June  1992.   The year ended December 31,  1991  also  includes
    charges related to the discontinuance of the H.H. Scott domestic business.
(2) Net  earnings  (loss) per common share for all periods,  except  Fiscal
    1995  and  the  three months ended June 30, 1994 and 1995, are based  on  
    the weighted average number of old common shares outstanding during each  
    period.   Net  earnings  per  common share for Fiscal 1995 is  based  on
    the  weighted average  number  of  shares  of new Common Stock  and  
    related  common  stock equivalents  outstanding during the year.  Common
    Stock  equivalents  include 9,081,000  shares  assuming conversion of 
    $10 million of Series  A  Preferred Stock  at  a  price equal to 80% of 
    the weighted average market  value  of  a share  of Common Stock,
    determined on a quarterly basis.  Since the Series  A Preferred  Stock 
    is not convertible into Common Stock until March  31,  1997, the number
    of  shares  issuable  upon  conversion  may  be  significantly different.
    Net  loss per common share for the three months ended  June  30, 1994  
    and  1995  is  based on the weighted average number of  shares  of  new
    Common  Stock  outstanding during each period.  The net loss  per  share 
    for both  periods  does not include common stock equivalents assumed  
    outstanding since they are anti-dilutive.
(3) Calculated  based  on common shareholders equity  (deficit)  divided  by
    actual  shares of Common Stock outstanding.  Common shareholders' equity  at
    March  31,  1994  and  1995 and June 30, 1994 and 1995 are  equal  to  total
    shareholders' equity less $10 million for the liquidation preference of  the
    Series A Preferred Stock.
(4) Balance  sheet  data  is  adjusted to give  effect  to  the  initial
    application  of the estimated net proceeds of $19,373,000 from the  issuance
    of $20,750,000 of Debentures.

                     Supplemental Results of Operations

      The  following table presents consolidated  sales  and  net
earnings (loss) for the past five years on the basis of  a  March
31 fiscal year-end.  This information is provided for comparative
purposes  only  and  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the
Consolidated  Financial Statements, including the notes  thereto,
and   "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of   Results   of
Operations  and Financial Condition" set forth elsewhere  in  the
Prospectus.  The financial information for the years ended  March
31,  1992  and  March 31, 1991 is unaudited and  was  derived  by
adjusting  the audited results of operations of the  Company  for
the  years  ended  December 31, 1990 and  December  31,  1991  to
include  the  results of operations for the three  month  periods
ended   March   31,   1991  (unaudited)  and  March   31,   1992,
respectively, and to omit the unaudited results of operations for
the  three  months  ended March 31, 1991  for  the  latter.   All
unaudited  financial  information reflects all  adjustments  that
management  believes necessary to present fairly the  results  of
operations for the periods being reported.

                                                             

<TABLE>
                                        Year Ended March 31,

                         1991         1992          1993        1994        1995
                               
                        (In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                     <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>       
Net Sales:                                             
  Core Business                        
                        $662,421    $752,97    $  741,357   $ 487,390     $ 654,671
  Personal Computers
     and Other           123,385     48,341          -          -              -           
                         785,806    801,316       741,357     487,390       654,671
                                                       
Net Earnings (Loss)     $(52,435)   (52,750)      (56,000)     55,501         7,375
                                                  
Net Earnings (Loss)                                    
Per Common              
Share(1)(2)             $  (1.42)     (1.39)        (1.47)       1.45          0.16

Weighted    Average                                    
Number of Common
and Common                                    
Equivalent Shares            
    Outstanding         $ 36,854     37,925        38,179      38,191        46,571

</TABLE>
_______________
(1)The  net  earnings  for Fiscal 1994 include an  extraordinary
   gain   of   $129,155,000,  or  $3.38  per   share,   on   the
   extinguishment of debt settled in the Plan of Reorganization.
   Additionally, the Company recorded reorganization expenses of
   $17,385,000  relating primarily to the write down  of  assets
   transferred  to  creditors in the Plan of Reorganization  and
   professional fees and other related expenses incurred  during
   the  bankruptcy  proceedings.  The results of operations  for
   the  fiscal years ended March 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991 include
   restructuring    and    nonrecurring   charges    aggregating
   $35,002,000,  $40,012,000 and $650,000, respectively.   These
   charges  represent  the  cost of discontinuing  the  personal
   computer  business,  professional  fees  and  other  expenses
   related to the Company's financial restructuring, and the up-
   front costs and write downs of certain assets associated with
   implementing long-term cost reduction programs.  Charges  for
   Fiscal 1993 also include costs related to the Company's proxy
   contest settled in June 1992.  The year ended March 31,  1992
   also  includes charges related to the discontinuance  of  the
   H.H. Scott domestic business.

(2)Net  earnings (loss) per common share for all periods, except
   Fiscal  1995,  are  based on the weighted average  number  of
   shares  of Common Stock outstanding during each fiscal  year.
   Net earnings per common share for Fiscal 1995 is based on the
   weighted  average  number of shares of new Common  Stock  and
   related common stock equivalents outstanding during the year.
   Common  stock  equivalents include 9,081,000 shares  assuming
   conversion  of $10 million of Series A Preferred Stock  at  a
   price equal to 80% of the weighted average market value of  a
   share  of  Common  Stock, determined on  a  quarterly  basis.
   Since  the  Series A Preferred Stock is not convertible  into
   Common  Stock  until  March 31, 1997, the  number  of  shares
   issuable upon conversion may be significantly different.

                          RISK FACTORS

      An  investment  in the Debentures or the underlying  Common
Stock  involves  a  high  degree of risk.  Prospective  investors
should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well  as
other information contained in this Prospectus:

Operating Losses

      Although the Company reported a net profit of $7,375,000 in
Fiscal  1995,  the Company subsequently reported a  net  loss  of
$1,401,000 for the first quarter of its fiscal year ending  March
31,  1996  ("Fiscal 1996") as compared with a loss of  $2,884,000
during  the comparable quarter of Fiscal 1995.  See "Risk Factors
- -  Seasonality."  Prior thereto, the Company, on  a  consolidated
basis,  operated at a loss in the aggregate from the  nine  month
period  ended December 31, 1990 through Fiscal 1994  and  had  an
accumulated deficit of $199.9 million as of March 31, 1994, prior
to  the  extraordinary gain recognized on the  extinguishment  of
debt  as  a  result  of the Restructuring.  See  "The  Company  -
Restructuring  of  the Company."  For Fiscal  1994,  the  Company
experienced  a significant decline in sales from the prior  year,
which  decline  commenced  in the latter  part  of  Fiscal  1993.
Additionally,  for  Fiscal 1994, the Company  generated  a  gross
profit  of  $0.9  million on consolidated  net  sales  of  $487.4
million  and  recorded a consolidated net loss of  $73.7  million
prior  to the extraordinary gain recognized on the extinguishment
of debt.  During Fiscal 1993, the Company reported a consolidated
net  loss  of  $56 million attributable to reduced sales  to  key
customers  and  recorded  substantial  restructuring  and   other
nonrecurring charges aggregating $35 million.  While the  Company
reported  a  profit  for  Fiscal 1995, and  decreased  losses  by
approximately  52% for the three months ended June  30,  1995  as
compared  to  the  same  period in  the  prior  Fiscal  Year,  no
assurance can be given that the Company will be able to  continue
to  generate sufficient revenues to meet its operating  expenses,
make  its  interest  payments under the Debentures  or  otherwise
continue  to operate profitably in the future.  See "Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of Results of Operations  and  Financial
Condition."

Risks  Associated  With  the Company's Secured  Indebtedness  and
Financing

      As of October 16, 1995, the Company had approximately $26.4
million of Senior Indebtedness outstanding with its United States
secured  credit  lender pursuant to the terms of  a  $60  million
credit facility.  Substantially all of the assets of Emerson  and
certain  of  its  subsidiaries, except for their trademarks,  are
encumbered  to  secure  repayment  of  such  indebtedness.    The
trademarks  are  subject  to  a negative  pledge  covenant.   See
"Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Results  of  Operations
and  Financial  Condition - Subsequent  Events."   The  Company's
ability  to meet its ongoing debt service obligations and operate
its  business  will depend on a number of factors, including  its
ability  to  operate  its  business as presently  projected,  the
success of future operations, the availability of working capital
and  compliance  with  the requirements of  the  Indenture.   See
"Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Results  of  Operations
and  Financial  Condition" and "Description of  Debentures."   As
market  conditions permit, the Company plans to secure additional
financing  (subject to restrictions imposed on it by  its  credit
facilities and the Indenture), as necessary, in the form of  debt
or  equity,  to finance the growth of its core business,  product
line extensions and any new business ventures.

Dependence on Key Customers

     During the three months ended June 30, 1995 and Fiscal 1995,
1994,   and   1993,  approximately  16%,  53%,  34%,   and   39%,
respectively, of consolidated net sales were made by the  Company
to  Wal-Mart  Stores, Inc. ("Wal-Mart").  Similarly, during  such
periods, 10%, 10%, 12% and 11%, respectively, of consolidated net
sales  were  made  by the Company to Target Stores,  Inc.   While
management   believes  that  the  Company   presently   has   and
historically has had good relationships with these two customers,
the  Company  has no long-term contracts with such customers,  as
they purchase on individually placed purchase orders submitted to
the  Company.  The Company has entered into agreements with Otake
Trading  Co.,  Ltd.  and certain related entities  ("Otake")  its
largest  supplier,  which provide, among other  things,  for  the
limited  license  of  certain  trademarks  to  that  supplier  to
manufacture  and  sell  video products under  the  "Emerson and 
G-Clef"  trademark directly to Wal-Mart.  The decrease in sales to 
Wal-Mart for  the three  months  ended  June 30, 1995, as  compared 
to  the  other periods presented was the direct result of these 
agreements.  It is anticipated that the net operating results of the 
Company will not  be  adversely impacted by this decline in volume  
since  the Company will receive royalty payments under this arrangement
and expects  a  corresponding  reduction in the  Company's  operating
expenses.  No assurance can be given that the Company will obtain
such operating results or that the licensing arrangement will not
adversely  impact its operations or the reputation of  its  trade
names or products.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis  of
Results of Operations and Financial Condition."  There can be  no
assurances that other key customers will continue to account  for
comparable percentages of the Company's sales and the loss  of  a
significant  volume  of purchases could have a  material  adverse
impact on the Company in certain circumstances.

Dependence on Key Vendors

      The  Company is dependent upon certain unaffiliated foreign
manufacturers   for  various  components,  parts   and   finished
products;  some of those manufacturers also produce products  for
the  Company's  competitors.  In particular, Otake accounted  for
approximately  18%,  73%,  59%, and  71%,  respectively,  of  the
Company's purchases during the three months ended June  30,  1995
and  Fiscal  1995,  1994,  and 1993.  The  Company  has  recently
entered  into agreements with Otake, including a supply agreement
which  provides the Company the option to purchase video products
from  Otake  for  a period of three years.  See "Risk  Factors  -
Dependence  on  Key Customers" and "Business - Licensing."   Kong
Wah  Video  Company  Limited and related  entities  ("Kong  Wah")
accounted for approximately 10% of the Company's purchases during
the   three   months  ended  June  30,  1995  and  Fiscal   1994.
Additionally, Daewoo Electronics Co., Ltd., Imarflex,  Mfg.  Co.,
Ltd.  and Musical Electronics Limited accounted for approximately
22%, 21% and 14%, respectively, of the Company's purchases during
the three months ended June 30, 1995.  Disruption or cessation in
purchases  from,  any delay or disruption in regular  and  timely
deliveries  by, or any deterioration in the quality  of  products
of,  such  vendors could have a material adverse  effect  on  the
Company's  results of operations.  Management, however,  believes
alternative  sources of supply are available in the  marketplace.
From  time  to  time, the Company has been required  to  allocate
product  among  its customer base.  See "Management's  Discussion
and  Analysis  of Results of Operations and Financial  Condition"
and "Business - Design and Manufacturing."

No Security for Debentures; Subordination

      The  Debentures represent general unsecured obligations  of
the  Company.   The  rights of the holders of the  Debentures  to
receive   payment  of  any  principal  or  interest  thereon   is
subordinate  to  the  prior  payment of  the  principal  of  (and
premium,  if  any), and the interest on, all Senior  Indebtedness
(as   defined  in  the  Indenture  and  summarized  herein  under
"Description of Debentures") of the Company, whether  secured  or
unsecured,  and  any  deferrals, renewals or extensions  of  such
Senior  Indebtedness.   As  of  October  16,  1995,  the  Company
estimates  its  Senior  Indebtedness to  be  approximately  $26.4
million.  Upon any receivership, insolvency, assignment  for  the
benefit of creditors, bankruptcy, reorganization, sale of all  or
substantially all of the assets, dissolution, liquidation, or any
other  marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the  Company,
or,  if  the  Debentures  are declared due  and  payable  on  the
occurrence  of an Event of Default (as defined herein),  then  no
amounts shall be paid by the Company on the Debentures for  their
respective  principal and interest thereon unless and  until  the
principal  of, and the interest on, all Senior Indebtedness  then
outstanding are paid in full.  See "Description of Debentures."

Lack   of  Sinking  Fund;  Substantial  Final  Payment  for   the
Debentures

      The Company is under no obligation to make any sinking fund
payments  with  respect to the Debentures and the Debentures  are
redeemable only at the Company's option prior to stated maturity,
except  for  a  holder's  limited  right  to  repayment  upon   a
Designated  Event pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.   Thus,
the  Company will be required to repay on August 15, 2002, up  to
the principal amount of the Debentures sold in this Offering, and
then  outstanding, and any accrued interest thereon on such date.
If  the Company does not have sufficient funds to pay such amount
at  maturity,  it will have to refinance the Debentures  at  that
time.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
obtain such financing.  See "Description of Debentures."

Licensing Risks

      The  Company  has  licensed the "Emerson and G-Clef"  
trademark  to  certain parties  on  a  limited  basis and intends 
to  pursue  additional licensing  opportunities.  While the Company  
believes  that  its quality control system and contractual provisions 
are adequate to protect the integrity and reputation of its trademarks,
there can be  no  assurance that the actions of the Company's licensees  in
manufacturing  or distributing products under the  "Emerson and G-Clef"
trademark will not adversely, even if temporarily, impact the value of  the
Company's trademarks.  The Company has registered the "Emerson and G-Clef," 
"H.H. Scott"  and  "Scott"  trademarks  for  certain  of  its  consumer
products  in the United States, Canada, Mexico and various  other
countries.   Despite  the  legal  protection  afforded  by   such
registration, there can be no assurance that there  will  not  be
infringements  of  the Company's trademarks or that  the  Company
would  be  able to successfully prosecute any such infringements.
Any  damage  to  the Company's trademarks by a  licensee  or  any
trademark  infringement could have a material adverse  effect  on
the  Company's business.  Further, the Company has agreed not  to
pledge  its  trademarks  under its United States  secured  credit
facility  and under the Indenture.  See "Management's  Discussion
and  Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition  -
Subsequent  Events,"  "Business  -  Licensing"  and  "Business  -
Trademarks."

Seasonality

      The  Company generally experiences stronger demand for  its
products  in  the quarters of each year ending September  30  and
December 31.  Accordingly, to accommodate such increased  demand,
the  Company  is  generally required to place  seasonally  higher
orders  with its vendors during the quarters ending June  30  and
September  30, thereby affecting the Company's need  for  working
capital  during  such  periods.  On a  corresponding  basis,  the
Company  also is subject to increased returns during the quarters
ending  on  March  31  and June 30, which adversely  affects  the
Company's   collection  activities  during  such  periods,   also
affecting its liquidity.  Operating results may fluctuate due  to
other  factors  such  as the timing of the  introduction  of  new
products,  price  reductions by the Company and its  competitors,
demand  for the Company's products, product mix, delay, available
inventory levels, fluctuation in foreign currency exchange  rates
relative to the United States dollar, seasonal cost increases and
general  economic conditions.  See "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition."

Competition and Dependence on Market Acceptance

      The  market segment in which the Company operates is highly
competitive.  The mass merchandise and discount retail market  is
divided  among a large number of foreign-based manufacturers  and
distributors.  Many  of  the Company's competitors  have  or  may
obtain significantly greater financial and marketing strength and
resources  than  the  Company,  enabling  them  to  compete  more
effectively than the Company.  Further, the Company's business is
dependent upon consumer awareness and acceptance of existing  and
new products.  The Company's products compete at the retail store
level for shelf space and promotional displays, all of which have
an  impact on the Company's established and proposed distribution
channels.   Competition,  or  failure  of  consumers  to   accept
existing  or  new products, may result in reduced sales,  reduced
profit  margins,  or  both, for the Company.   There  can  be  no
assurance   that   the  Company  will  not  encounter   increased
competition  in  the future, which could have a material  adverse
effect  on  the  ability  of the Company to  successfully  market
existing  products, develop new products or expand its  business.
See   "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of   Results   of
Operations and Financial Condition" and "Business - Competition."

Potential Product Liability and Insurance Limits

     A failure of any of the products marketed by the Company may
subject  the Company to the risk of product liability claims  and
litigation arising from injuries allegedly caused by the improper
functioning  or  design of its products.  The  Company  currently
maintains  product  liability  insurance  in  amounts  which  the
Company  considers  adequate.  No product liability  claims  have
been  asserted or, to the knowledge of the Company's  management,
threatened against the Company to date, which management believes
would   have   a   material  adverse  effect  on  the   Company's
consolidated financial position.  To the extent product liability
losses  are beyond the limits or scope of the Company's insurance
coverage,  any  such losses could have a material adverse  effect
upon  the  Company's  business,  operations,  profitability   and
assets.

Government Regulation

      Pursuant  to the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, the  Trade
Act  of  1974, and regulations promulgated thereunder, the United
States   Government  charges  tariff  duties,   excess   charges,
assessments and penalties on many imports.  These regulations are
subject  to constant change and revision by governmental agencies
and  by action of the United States Trade Representative and  may
have the effect of increasing the cost of goods purchased by  the
Company  or limiting quantities of goods available to the Company
from  its  overseas suppliers.  Additionally, a number of  states
have  adopted  statutes regulating the manner of determining  the
amount  of  payments  to independent service  centers  performing
warranty  service on products such as those sold by the  Company.
Such statutes may have the effect of increasing the costs of  the
Company's   operations.   Additional  Federal   legislation   and
regulations  regarding  the importation of  consumer  electronics
products,  including the products marketed by the  Company,  have
been  proposed from time-to-time and, if enacted into law,  could
adversely  affect  the  Company's  results  of  operations.   See
"Business -- Government Regulation."

Tax Risks

     The Company realized a substantial amount of cancellation of
indebtedness ("COD") as a result of the Restructuring.   However,
the  Company did not include such COD in its gross income because
the  Restructuring  was  consummated  as  part  of  the  Plan  of
Reorganization.   See  "The  Company  -  Restructuring   of   the
Company."   Ordinarily, the Company would be required  to  reduce
certain Federal income tax attributes (e.g., a net operating loss
for the taxable year of the debt discharge, net operating loss or
tax credit carry forwards, tax basis of assets) by the amount  of
COD  so excluded from its gross income.  The Company's management
believes that the exchanges of debt-for-stock by certain  of  the
Company's institutional creditors should qualify for an exception
from  those  requirements  applicable to  certain  stock-for-debt
exchanges.   Further, management believes that the  Restructuring
should  qualify as a tax free reorganization under  the  Internal
Revenue  Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").  It  is  possible
that  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  could  contend  that   the
stock-for-debt  exception is not applicable to the Restructuring,
or   that  the  Restructuring  does  not  constitute  a  tax-free
reorganization.   In  either  such  event,  the   Company's   net
operating  loss carry forwards and tax credit carry forwards  and
other  tax  attributes would be reduced by a significant  amount,
and  the  reorganized Company's taxable income would  be  greater
than  it  would  be if the Restructuring constitutes  a  tax-free
reorganization.

      Assuming  the  stock-for-debt  exception  applies  and  the
Restructuring   qualifies   under  the  tax-free   reorganization
provisions  of  the  Code,  the  ability  to  carry  forward  the
Company's  net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards  from
taxable  years (or portions thereof) ending on or  prior  to  the
consummation  of  the Plan of Reorganization  is  subject  to  an
annual  limitation under Sections 382 and 383 of the  Code.   The
annual  limitation is approximately $2,200,000.  This  limitation
could be reduced or eliminated if the Company becomes subject  to
a  second, later, annual limitation under Sections 382 and 383 of
the Code because of future equity changes, including the issuance
of  the Common Stock on conversion of the Debentures described in
this  Prospectus or the litigation described in "Risk  Factors  -
Litigation  Relating  to Common Stock."  Finally,  under  certain
circumstances,  the Company could become subject  to  a  personal
holding  company tax in the future.  See "Certain Federal  Income
Tax Considerations."

Controlling Stockholders

      As  a  result  of the Restructuring, Fidenas  International
Limited,  now  known  as  Fidenas International  Limited,  L.L.C.
("Fidenas    International"),   Elision    International,    Inc.
("Elision") and GSE Multimedia Technologies Corporation  ("GSE"),
own, in the aggregate, 29,152,542 million shares of Common Stock,
representing  approximately 72.4% of  the  Company's  outstanding
shares  of  Common Stock.  Geoffrey P. Jurick,  Chairman  of  the
Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of the Company may
be  deemed  to  control  each of Fidenas International,  GSE  and
Elision, through stock ownership, direct or indirect, position of
officer or director, or otherwise.  Consequently, Mr. Jurick  and
these  entities on a combined basis will have the power to  elect
the  Company's  Board  of Directors and,  consistent  with  their
respective  fiduciary  responsibilities, to  approve  any  action
requiring stockholder approval.  Because of the existence of such
interrelationships noted above, it is possible that conflicts  of
interest may arise between certain of the Company's officers  and
directors,  Fidenas  International, GSE, Elision  and/or  any  of
their respective affiliates.  If conflicts of interest arise, the
Company's  Board  of Directors is obligated to resolve  any  such
conflicts in a manner consistent with its fiduciary duties.   All
future  transactions between the Company and its affiliates  will
be  on  terms  no  less  favorable than could  be  obtained  from
unaffiliated third parties and must be approved by a majority  of
the  independent  outside  members  of  the  Company's  Board  of
Directors  who  do  not  have an interest  in  the  transactions.
Further,  certain restrictions have been imposed on  transactions
between  the Company and its affiliates in the Indenture for  the
Debentures.  See "Principal Stockholders," "Certain Relationships
and   Related  Transactions,"  "Description  of  Debentures"  and
"Description of Other Securities."

Litigation Relating to Common Stock

       The   shares  of  Common  Stock  issued  to  GSE,  Fidenas
International  and  Elision in connection with the  Restructuring
are  the subject of certain legal proceedings in the Commonwealth
of  Bahamas,  the United States and Switzerland.  It is  possible
that  a court of competent urisdiction may order the turnover  of
all  or  a  portion of the shares of Common Stock owned  by  such
persons to a third party.  A turnover of a substantial portion of
the Common Stock could result in a "change of control" prohibited
pursuant  to  the  terms  of the Company's  credit  facility  and
pursuant  to the terms of the Debentures.  Additionally,  such  a
change  in  control  could  result in a second  ownership  change
further  limiting the Company's ability to use its net  operating
loss  carryforwards ("NOLs") and tax credit carryovers ("TCCOs").
See  "Certain  Federal  Income  Tax  Considerations,"  "Principal
Stockholders"  and  "Legal Proceedings."   If  a  turnover  of  a
substantial portion of the Common Stock results from  such  legal
proceedings, the holders of such Common Stock may have  different
investment  objectives  than the current holders  of  the  Common
Stock.   Sales  of  such  Common Stock by such  holders,  or  the
perception  that  such  sales may occur, could  adversely  affect
prevailing  market prices for the Common Stock or  the  Company's
ability  to  raise  capital in the future.  See  "Description  of
Debentures"  for  a  description of certain  adjustments  in  the
Conversion Price of the Debentures upon certain decreases in  the
weighted  average closing price of the Common Stock  attributable
to certain events resulting from the litigation described in this
paragraph.

      Such  securities,  however,  would  constitute  "restricted
securities"   as  defined  in  paragraph  (a)(3)  of   Rule   144
promulgated under the Securities Act.  Resales of such securities
may  only be made in compliance with Rule 144, another applicable
exemption  under the Securities Act, or pursuant to an  effective
registration statement under the Securities Act.  A settlement of
the  legal  proceedings described above may entail  requests  for
certain  actions  to be taken by the Company  to  permit  greater
liquidity  of any Common Stock transferred pursuant to  any  such
settlement.   Such actions, if any, on the part  of  the  Company
will be taken by the Board of Directors of the Company consistent
with   its  fiduciary  duties  and  in  accordance  with  certain
restrictive  provisions  contained  in  the  Indenture  for   the
Debentures.   The  Placement Agent has  agreed,  subject  to  the
granting   of   registration  rights  in  accordance   with   the
requirements of the Indenture and applicable law, to  permit  the
registration of up to 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock  owned  by
GSE, Fidenas International and Elision, which registration rights
were  subsequently  approved by the Board  of  Directors  of  the
Company.  No assurance can be given that any settlement  of  such
legal  proceedings  will occur or that  the  terms  of  any  such
settlement will be beneficial to the Company, its stockholders or
the  market  value  of the Debentures or the Common  Stock.   See
"Legal Proceedings" and "Description of Other Securities - Common
Stock Eligible for Future Sale."

Bankruptcy Claims Resolution Process

      During and subsequent to the Restructuring, the Company has
analyzed  the  various claims filed by creditors  in  the  United
States  Bankruptcy  Court for the District  of  New  Jersey  (the
"Bankruptcy Court") in the Company's bankruptcy proceedings  and,
where  appropriate,  contested certain claims.   The  Company  is
presently  engaged  in litigation regarding such  claims  and  no
assurance  can  be  given as to whether an  unfavorable  judicial
determination  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the
Company.  See "Legal Proceedings."

Risks Inherent in International Operations and Foreign Trade

      The  Company plans on increasing international distribution
and  sales of its products.  There can be no assurance  that  the
Company's  trademarks  will be as widely recognized  or  accepted
internationally as in the United States.  In addition, there  are
certain  risks,  varying in degrees, inherent in  doing  business
internationally  and with respect to foreign trade.   Such  risks
include   the  possibility  of  quotas,  anti-dumping  laws   and
regulations, unfavorable changes in tax or other laws; partial or
total  expropriation;  currency exchange  rate  fluctuations  and
restrictions   on  currency  repatriation;  the   disruption   of
operations,  production  and shipping from  labor  and  political
disturbances,  insurrection  or  war;  and  the  requirements  of
partial local ownership of operations in certain countries.   See
"Business."

Absence of An Established Market; Restrictions on Transfer

     The Debentures sold to QIBs and Common Stock underlying such
Debentures have been designated for trading in the PORTAL  System
and the Common Stock is listed for trading on the AMEX.  No other
market  currently exists for the Debentures.   There  can  be  no
assurance  that an active trading market for the Debentures  will
develop  or,  if  one  develops,  that  it  will  be  maintained.
Although  the  Company  has agreed to use  its  best  efforts  to
register  the  resale of the Debentures (and the  resale  of  the
securities   underlying  the  Debentures)  in  the   Registration
Statement by December 21, 1995 and to maintain such effectiveness
for  a  three-year  period, there can be no assurance  that  such
Registration Statement will remain effective.  The interest  rate
on the Debentures shall be increased by 0.5% if the Company fails
to  cause  the  Registration Statement  to  become  effective  by
December 21, 1995 or to maintain such effectiveness for a  three-
year  period, provided that such increase shall be effective only
for  so long as the Registration Statement is not effective.  See
"Description of Debentures."

Potential Future Sales of Stock

      No  prediction can be made as to the effect, if  any,  that
future sales of securities by the Company, or the availability of
shares  for  future sale, will have on the market  price  of  the
Common Stock prevailing from time-to-time.  Sales of Common Stock
or  the  perception  that such sales may occur,  could  adversely
affect  prevailing  market prices for the  Common  Stock  or  the
Company's  ability to raise capital in the future.  In connection
with  its Restructuring, the Company issued 33,333,333 shares  of
Common  Stock ("Issued Common Stock") and 10,000 shares of Series
A  Preferred  Stock ("Series A Preferred Stock"), the  latter  of
which  were  issued  to  the  Company's  group  of  bank  lenders
(collectively,  with  any  successors  in  interest,  the   "Bank
Lenders")   and   insurance  company  creditors  ("Noteholders"),
convertible  upon certain terms and conditions into Common  Stock
and warrants ("Creditor's Warrants") to purchase an aggregate  of
750,000  shares of Common Stock.  3,333,333 shares of the  Issued
Common   Stock,  the  Creditor's  Warrants,  the   Common   Stock
underlying the Creditor's Warrants, the Series A Preferred Stock,
and  the  Common  Stock underlying the Series A Preferred  Stock,
were  issued to certain of the Company's creditors in  connection
with the Restructuring pursuant to Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy
Code,  and  are  therefore freely tradeable, to the  extent  such
creditors  are  not  affiliates of  the  Company.   Additionally,
769,446  shares of Common Stock were issued in February  1995  to
such  creditors  and  6,149,993 shares were sold  in  the  public
offering  authorized by the Plan of Reorganization  confirmed  in
connection  with the Restructuring.  All such shares  are  freely
tradeable.  The remaining 30 million shares of Common  Stock  are
"restricted  securities"  as that term is  defined  in  paragraph
(a)(3) of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, although
the Company has recently granted certain registration rights with
respect  to  5,000,000  of such shares  and  intends  to  file  a
registration statement related thereto with the Commission in the
near  future.   Also,  the  Company has  outstanding  options  to
acquire  1,890,000 shares of Common Stock, granted in  accordance
with  Rule  701  of the Securities Act, which may be  sold  under
certain conditions and issued warrants to purchase 500,000 shares
of  Common  Stock  to  the  Placement Agent  and  its  authorized
dealers.  See "Description of Other Securities."  Future sales of
shares  of the Common Stock, including those made under Rule  144
or  in  accordance  with  the  resale  provisions  of  Rule  701,
depending  on the timing thereof, may (i) have an adverse  effect
on the then prevailing market price, if any, of the Common Stock,
(ii)  adversely  affect the Company's ability  to  obtain  future
financing  in  the  capital markets,  and  (iii)  also  create  a
potential  large block of Common Stock coming into the market  at
substantially  the  same  time.  However,  Fidenas  International,
Elision  and GSE and officers and directors of the Company,  with
certain   significant  exceptions,  have  agreed  to   additional
restrictions on the transfer of their shares for a period  of  12
months.   See  "Description of Debentures"  and  "Description  of
Other Securities - Common Stock Eligible for Future Sale."

Anti-Takeover Provisions

       Certain   provisions  of  the  Company's  Certificate   of
Incorporation  and By-Laws, including provisions (i)  authorizing
the  Board of Directors to create new series of preferred  stock,
including series of preferred stock that affect the voting rights
of Common Stock and may provide for conversion into Common Stock,
(ii) providing that any action requiring stockholder consent must
be  effected at a meeting as opposed to by consent in writing and
(iii) setting forth that directors may only be removed for cause,
upon  the  affirmative  vote  of  at  least  80%  of  the  voting
securities  then outstanding, voting together as a single  class,
may  make  it  more difficult for a third party to make,  or  may
discourage a third party from making, an acquisition proposal for
the Company or initiating a proxy contest and may thereby inhibit
a  change  in control of the Company or the removal of  incumbent
management  or  directors.  There can be no  assurance  that  the
issuance  of  one or more series of preferred stock will  not  be
authorized in the future.  See "Description of Other Securities."

Certain Covenants

      The  Indenture pursuant to which the Debentures were issued
restricts,  with  certain exceptions and among other  items,  the
ability  of  the Company and, in certain cases, its  subsidiaries
to:   incur  additional  indebtedness,  pay  dividends  or   make
distributions or other restricted payments; consolidate, merge or
sell all or substantially all of their assets; create liens; sell
certain  assets;  sell or issue capital stock  of  the  Company's
subsidiaries; make certain investments, loans and advances; enter
into  transactions  with  affiliates;  and  make  prepayments  on
outstanding  indebtedness other than Senior Indebtedness.   These
covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications.
See "Description of Debentures."

                           THE COMPANY

General

      Emerson,  one  of  the  nation's  largest  volume  consumer
electronics  distributors,  directly  and  through  subsidiaries,
designs,  sources,  imports and markets a variety  of  video  and
audio  consumer  electronics and microwave  oven  products.   The
Company distributes its products primarily through mass merchants
and  discount  retailers, leveraging on the strength  of  its  
"Emerson and G-Clef" trademark,  a  nationally recognized trade name
in  the  consumer electronics industry.  The trade name "Emerson 
Radio" dates  back to 1912 and is one of the oldest and most well 
respected names in the  consumer products industry.  In addition, 
the Company offers a  line  of audio products for sale under the 
"H.H. Scott"  brand name.   Approximately $15 billion of factory sales are
generated by  the  industry  in  the market segment in  which  the  Company
competes.   In calendar year 1994, Emerson believes it was  among
the top three brand names in unit sales volume of VCRs and TV/VCR
combinations  and among the top five brand names  in  unit  sales
volume of color televisions.

      The  Company  believes it possesses an advantage  over  its
competitors   due  to  the  combination  of  the  Emerson   brand
recognition,  its  extensive distribution  base  and  established
relations with customers in the mass merchant and discount retail
channels  of distribution, its sourcing expertise and established
vendor   relations,  and  an  infrastructure  boasting  personnel
experienced in servicing and providing logistical support to  the
domestic mass merchant distribution channel.  Emerson intends  to
leverage  its  core  competencies to offer  a  broad  variety  of
current  and  new  consumer  products  to  retail  customers   in
developing markets worldwide.  The Company intends to form  joint
ventures  and  enter into licensing agreements  which  will  take
advantage  of the Company's trademarks and utilize the  Company's
logistical and sourcing advantages.

     The Company's core business consists of the distribution and
sale  of  various  low  to moderately priced product  categories,
including  black  and  white and color televisions,  VCRs,  VCPs,
TV/VCR combination units, home stereo and portable audio products
and microwave ovens.  The majority of the Company's marketing and
sales of these products is concentrated in the United States and,
to  a  lesser  extent,  Canada  and certain  other  international
regions.   Emerson's  major  competition  in  these  markets  are
foreign-based manufacturers and distributors.   See "Business."

     The Company successfully restructured its financial position
through  the  Plan of Reorganization.  Through the Restructuring,
the  Company reduced its institutional debt by approximately $203
million.   Additionally, the Company increased its net  sales  by
34%  in  Fiscal  1995, the fiscal year immediately following  its
emergence from bankruptcy, as compared to the prior fiscal year.

      The  Company was originally formed in the State of New York
in  1956  under  the  name Major Electronics Corp.  In  1977  the
Company reincorporated in the State of New Jersey and changed its
name  to  Emerson Radio Corp. On April 4, 1994, the  Company  was
reincorporated in Delaware by merger of its predecessor into  its
wholly-owned  Delaware subsidiary formed for such  purpose.   The
Company's  principal executive offices are located at Nine  Entin
Road, Parsippany, New Jersey 07054-0430.  The Company's telephone
number  in  Parsippany,  New  Jersey  is  (201)  884-5800.    See
"Business - Properties."

Restructuring of the Company

      In  1990, the Company defaulted on certain covenants in the
loan documents evidencing significant payment obligations to  the
Noteholders.  The Company subsequently, through several different
management  teams, attempted for approximately three and  a  half
years  to  restructure such debt, as well as its lines of  credit
with  the Bank Lenders.  No agreement could be reached with  such
creditors.  New management of the Company, consisting largely  of
the  current  management  of the Company,  took  control  of  the
Company's  operations in July 1992.  On September 29,  1993,  the
Company  and  five of its domestic subsidiaries  filed  voluntary
petitions  for  relief under the Bankruptcy Code  based  upon  an
agreement  reached by the new management with the  Bank  Lenders.
On March 31, 1994, the Court entered an order confirming the Plan
of  Reorganization  implementing  such  agreement,  which  became
effective  on such date.  During the pendency of the proceedings,
the  Company continued its operations in the ordinary  course  of
business.  The  Company was able to retain  most  of  its  senior
management  and  believes  it maintained  customer  and  supplier
goodwill and the confidence of its employees.

      The  principal  components of the  Plan  of  Reorganization
included the following:

         The payment of $75 million to the Bank Lenders and  the
         Noteholders.

         The  issuance  of (i) Common Stock of  the  reorganized
         Company,  such  that  the Bank Lenders  and  Noteholders
         possess  10%  of the Company's outstanding Common  Stock
         upon  the  effective date of the Plan of  Reorganization
         and   subsequent  to  the  completion  of  the  offering
         (described   below)  contemplated   by   the   Plan   of
         Reorganization,   (ii)  10,000  shares   of   Series   A
         Preferred  Stock  to the Bank Lenders  and  Noteholders,
         having   a   face  value  of  $10  million,  and   (iii)
         Creditor's  Warrants  to  the  Noteholders  to  purchase
         750,000  shares  of Common Stock.  See  "Description  of
         Other Securities."

         The  issuance  to  Fidenas International,  Elision  and
         GSE, upon the payment to the Company of $30 million,  of
         an  aggregate  of 90% of the Company's then  outstanding
         shares of Common Stock.

         The  transfer  by  the Company to a  liquidating  trust
         established  for  the benefit of the  Bank  Lenders  and
         Noteholders of certain assets consisting of real  estate
         in  Princeton,  Indiana, and the Company's  rights  with
         respect to certain anti-dumping duty receivables.

         On  the  effective date of the Plan of  Reorganization,
         all  then existing shares of common stock, stock options
         and    warrants    were   terminated    and    canceled.
         Stockholders  of  the debtor company and  third  parties
         (to  the  extent that the existing stockholders  of  the
         debtor  company  did  not purchase all  of  the  offered
         stock) were given the opportunity to purchase, at  $1.00
         per  share,  up  to 15 million shares of  Common  Stock,
         constituting   approximately  30%  of  the   outstanding
         Common   Stock  of  the  Company,  assuming   a   fully-
         subscribed  offering (6,149,993 shares of  Common  Stock
         were sold in such offering).

         The Company reincorporated under the laws of Delaware.

         The payment of up to an aggregate of $1,850,000 of  the
         net   proceeds  of  the  offering  to  certain  of   the
         Company's creditors.

      The  Plan of Reorganization effected a recapitalization  of
the Company.  After giving effect to the Plan of Reorganization:

         The  Company's  total consolidated  institutional  debt
         owed  to  its secured bank lenders and insurance company
         noteholders  was reduced by approximately $203  million,
         from  approximately  $223 million immediately  prior  to
         the   effective  date,  to  approximately  $20   million
         immediately  subsequent  to the  effective  date,  which
         consisted  primarily of advances pursuant to  a  secured
         revolving   credit  facility.   The   holders   of   the
         prepetition  institutional  debt  received  10%  of  the
         Common Stock in connection with the Restructuring.

         At   the  Plan  of  Reorganization's  effective   date,
         stockholders'  equity increased to  approximately  $42.6
         million.

       Commencing  in  early  1993  and  continuing  through  the
reorganization proceedings, the Company successfully instituted a
series of downsizing and outsourcing measures to reduce the fixed
costs of the core consumer electronics business.  As a result  of
the outsourcing of several functions and the elimination of fixed
costs  associated with such functions, the Company  was  able  to
achieve  a  reduction  in annual fixed costs  from  approximately
$59.1  million  in the fiscal year ended 1993 to  an  anticipated
$25.7  million for the fiscal year ending in 1996, although there
can be no assurances that such reductions will be realized.

                         USE OF PROCEEDS

      The  Company will not receive any of the proceeds from  the
resale  of any Debentures or sale of the shares of the underlying
Common  Stock by any of the Selling Securityholders.  The Company
has  and intends to use the proceeds from the initial sale of the
Debentures   by   the  Company  as  described  in   "Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of Results of Operations  and  Financial
Condition - Subsequent Events."

                         CAPITALIZATION

      The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company
as of June 30, 1995, and as adjusted to give effect to the issuance by
the  Company  of $20,750,000 of Debentures and the initial application
of $19,373,000 of estimated net proceeds therefrom.  This table should
be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements, set
forth elsewhere in this Prospectus.


                                           As of June 30, 1995
                                         Actual        As Adjusted

Short-term debt                        $  25,677        $  6,304
                                              
Long-term debt                         $     193        $ 20,943
Shareholders' Equity (1):                     
  Preferred  stock,  $0.01  par             
  value, 1,000,000 shares
  authorized, 10,000 issued  and           9,000           9,000
  outstanding Common stock, 
  $0.01 par value, 75,000,000 
  shares authorized, 40,252,772
  shares issued and outstanding;             403             403
    Capital in excess of par value       107,969         107,969
    Accumulated deficit                  (65,662)        (65,662)
    Cumulative translation adjustment        234             234
    Total shareholders' equity            51,944          51,944
Total capitalization                    $ 52,137        $ 72,887
________________
(1) Does  not include an aggregate of 3,550,000  shares  of
    Common   Stock   issuable  upon  exercise  of   (i)   1,890,000
    outstanding options exercisable at a weighted average  exercise
    price  of  $1.03 per share; (ii) 750,000 outstanding seven-year
    warrants  exercisable at an exercise price of $1.00  per  share
    until  March 31, 1997 and escalating $0.10 per share per  annum
    thereafter  until  expiration (March 31, 2001);  (iii)  410,000
    options  available  for  issuance  under  the  Company's  stock
    option  plans; and (iv) 500,000 outstanding five-year  warrants
    at  an  exercise  price  of $3.9875 per share  granted  to  the
    Placement  Agent and its authorized dealers in connection  with
    the  private  placement of Debentures.  Also does  not  include
    shares  of  Common Stock issuable (i) from and after March  31,
    1997,  upon  conversion of $10 million of  Series  A  Preferred
    Stock at a price equal to 80% of the average market value of  a
    share of Common Stock at the time of conversion; and (ii)  upon
    Conversion of the Debentures.
    
                   SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

      The Company changed its fiscal year end from December 31 to March 31,
commencing  with the period ended March 31, 1992. Previously,  the  Company
had  changed  its fiscal year-end from March 31 to December  31,  beginning
with  the  period ended December 31, 1990.  The following table sets  forth
selected  consolidated financial data of the Company for  the  years  ended
March  31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, the three months ended March 31, 1992,  the
year  ended December 31, 1991 and the nine months ended December 31,  1990.
The selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with
the  Company's  consolidated  financial  statements,  including  the  notes
thereto, and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations
and Financial Condition" set forth elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
                         <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
                         Nine              Three                                Three    Three
                         Months   Year     Months   Year      Year     Year     Months   Months
                         Ended    Ended    Ended    Ended     Ended    Ended    Ended    Ended
                         Dec. 31, Dec. 31, Mar.31,  Mar. 31,  Mar. 31, Mar. 31  June 30, June 30,
                         1990     1991     1992     1993      1994     1995     1994     1995
                                  (In thousands, except per share and ratio data)
<S>
Summary of Operations:                                                    

Net Sales:                                                             
 Core Business          $528,809 $716,651 $169,936 $741,357  $487,390 $654,671 $137,140 $57,058
 Personal               
 Computers and Other      96,609   73,555    1,562  _______   _______  _______   ______  ______ 
 Other                  $625,418 $790,206 $171,498 $741,357  $487,390 $654,671 $137,140 $57,058

Net Earnings (Loss) (1):
 Before Extraordinary    
 Gain                   $(37,463)$(60,746) $(6,976)$(56,000) $(73,654)$  7,375 $( 2,894)$(1,401)
  
 Extraordinary Gain      ________  _______  _______   ______  _______  _______  ________ _______
                        $(37,463)$(60,746) $(6,976)$(56,000) $(73,654)$  7,375 $( 2,894)$(1,401)
                                                                       
Per Common Share:                                                      
Net Earnings                                                     
 (Loss) Per Common
  Share (1) (3):                                                       
  Before Extraordinary    
    Gain                $  (1.03) $(1.60)  $ (0.18) $ (1.47)  $(1.93)     0.16    (0.09)  (0.03)
  Extraordinary Gain     ________  ______  ________   _____     3.38      _____   _____   _____
                        $  (1.03) $(1.60)  $ (0.18) $ (1.47)  $(1.93)     0.16    (0.09)  (0.03)
  
  Weighted Average                                                     
  Number of Common and
  Common Equivalent       
  Shares Outstanding      36,519  37,897    37,968   38,179   38,191    46,571   33,333  40,253

Common Shareholders'
Equity (Deficit(4)          1.78    0.12     (0.04)    1.52) $  0.98   $  1.08  $  0.88    1.04

Ratio  of  Earnings                                                        
(Loss) to Combined                                                        
Fixed Charges  and  
Preferred    Stock                         
Dividends                  (1.85)  (2.21)   (0.60)    (2.03)  (6.16)      2.92   (3.74)   (0.86)
                                                                          
Coverage Deficiency      $13,978  $18,546   4,217   $18,257 $10,243        --   $ 6.35   $  803

</TABLE>        
                                                                        

<TABLE>
                           December 31,           March 31,                  June 30, 1995
                                                                                              <C>  
<S>                     <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>          As      
                        1990     1991     1992       1993      1994      1995      Actual     Adjusted(5)

Balance Sheet Data:                                                     
Total Assets           $300,366  $226,131 $216,693   $194,510  $119,021  $113,969  $103,422  $104,799
Current Liabilities(2)  232,220   218,504  215,069    249,307    76,083    59,782    50,961    31,588
Long-Term Debt (2)           60       130      157        151       227       214       193    20,943
Shareholders' Equity    
(Deficit)                65,139     4,550   (1,480)   (57,895)   42,617    53,651    51,944    51,944
Working Capital        
(Deficit)                31,111   (29,503) (36,003)   (89,949)   32,248    42,598    39,871    59,244 
Current Ratio          1.1 to 1  0.9 to 1 0.8 to 1   0.6 to 1  1.4 to 1  1.7 to 1  1.8 to 1  2.9 to 1

</TABLE>
______________________________
(1) The  net earnings for Fiscal 1994 include an extraordinary
    gain  of  $129,155,000,  or $3.38 per  common  share,  on  the
    extinguishment  of debt settled in the Plan of Reorganization.
    Additionally, the Company recorded reorganization expenses  of
    $17,385,000  relating  primarily to the  writedown  of  assets
    transferred to creditors under the Plan of Reorganization  and
    professional  fees and other related expenses incurred  during
    the  bankruptcy  proceedings.  The results of  operations  for
    Fiscal  1993,  the three months ended March 31, 1992  and  the
    year  ended December 31, 1991 include restructuring and  other
    nonrecurring  charges aggregating $35,002,000, $3,698,000  and
    $36,964,000, respectively.  These charges represent  the  cost
    of  discontinuing the personal computer business, professional
    fees  and  other  expenses related to the Company's  financial
    restructuring,  and  the  up-front  costs  and  writedowns  of
    certain  assets  associated with implementing  long-term  cost
    reduction  programs.   Charges for Fiscal  1993  also  include
    costs  related to the Company's proxy contest settled in  June
    1992.   The year ended December 31, 1991 also includes charges
    related  to  the  discontinuance of the  H.H.  Scott  domestic
    business.
(2) The  aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance  of   the
    Company's  senior notes has been classified as current  as  of
    March 31, 1993 and 1992, and December 31, 1991 and 1990.
(3) Net  earnings  (loss) per common share  for  all  periods,
    except  Fiscal 1995 and the three months ended June  30,  1994
    and  1995,  are  based on the weighted average number  of  old
    common  shares outstanding during each period.   Net  earnings
    per  common  share for Fiscal 1995 is based  on  the  weighted
    average  number  of  shares of new Common  Stock  and  related
    common  stock equivalents outstanding during the year.  Common
    Stock equivalents include 9,081,000 shares assuming conversion
    of $10 million of Series A Preferred Stock at a price equal to
    80%  of the weighted average market value of a share of Common
    Stock,  determined on a quarterly basis.  Since the  Series  A
    Preferred  Stock  is not convertible into Common  Stock  until
    March  31, 1997, the number of shares issuable upon conversion
    may be significantly different.  Net loss per common share for
    the  three months ended June 30, 1994 and 1995 is based on the
    weighted  average  number  of  shares  of  new  Common   Stock
    outstanding  during each period.  The net loss per  share  for
    both periods does not include common stock equivalents assumed
    outstanding since they are anti-dilutive.
(4) Calculated  based  on  common  shareholders'   equity
    (deficit)   divided   by  actual  shares   of   Common   Stock
    outstanding.   Common shareholders' equity at March  31,  1994
    and  1995  and  June  30, 1994 and 1995  are  equal  to  total
    shareholders'  equity  less $10 million  for  the  liquidation
    preference of the Series A Preferred Stock.
(5) Balance  sheet data is adjusted to give effect  to  the
    initial   application  of  the  estimated   net   proceeds   of
    $19,373,000 from the issuance of $20,750,000 of Debentures.
    
             MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
          RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION


General

      On  March  31,  1994, the Company emerged  from  bankruptcy
pursuant  to the Plan of Reorganization which resulted in  a  net
reduction  of  approximately $203 million in institutional  debt,
cancellation  of  the Company's  old  common   stock  and   other
equity,  the  issuance of  30 million shares of Common Stock  for
$30  million  and  the issuance of certain equity  securities  to
certain  of  the  Company's former creditors.  The  Restructuring
substantially  reduced  the  Company's  debt  service  costs  and
significantly  improved the Company's financial  condition.   The
Company  experienced  a  significant improvement  in  its  United
States  sales  in  Fiscal 1995 over Fiscal  1994.   However,  the
Company expects sales for Fiscal 1996 to decline from Fiscal 1995
due  to  a  license  agreement entered into  with  the  Company's
largest supplier (as described below).

      On  February 22, 1995, the Company and Otake, the Company's
largest supplier, entered into two mutually contingent agreements
(the  "Agreements").   Effective  March  31,  1995,  the  Company
granted a license of certain trademarks to Otake for a three-year
term.   The license permits Otake to manufacture and sell certain
video  products under the "Emerson and G-Clef" trademark to 
Wal-Mart, the Company's largest  customer, in the United States and 
Canada.  As a result, the  Company  will receive royalties 
attributable to  such  sales over  the  three-year term of the 
Agreements in lieu of reporting the  full  dollar value of such sales 
and associated costs.   Net sales  of  these products to Wal-Mart 
accounted for approximately 47%  of consolidated net sales for Fiscal 
1995.  The Company will continue to supply other products to Wal-Mart 
directly.  Further, the  Agreements provide that Otake will supply the
Company  with certain  video products for sale to other customers at  
preferred prices for a three-year term.  Under the terms of the 
Agreements, the  Company will receive non-refundable minimum annual 
royalties from Otake to be credited against royalties earned from sales
of VCRs,  VCPs,  TV/VCR combination units, and color televisions  to
Wal-Mart.   In addition, effective August 1, 1995, Otake  assumed
responsibility  for returns and after-sale and warranty  services
on all video products manufactured by Otake and sold to Wal-Mart,
including  video products sold by the Company prior to August  1,
1995.   As a result, the impact of sales returns on the Company's
net  sales and operating results are expected to be significantly
reduced  commencing with the second quarter of Fiscal 1996.   The
Company has reported lower direct sales in the quarter ended June
30,  1995 and expects to report lower direct sales in Fiscal 1996
as a result of the Agreements, but no negative material impact is
expected on its net operating results for such year.  The Company
expects  to  realize a more stable cash flow over the  three-year
term   of  the  Agreements,  and  expects  to  reduce  short-term
borrowings  used  to finance accounts receivable  and  inventory,
thereby reducing interest costs.

          The  Company reported a significant decline in its  net
direct sales for the first quarter of Fiscal 1996 as compared  to
the  same  period  in Fiscal 1995 primarily due to  the  licensed
video sales.  However, the Company's United States sales to other
customers  also declined in the current quarter due to  increased
price  competition, primarily in video product categories, higher
retail stock levels, a slowdown in retail activity and the higher
levels  of  sales achieved in the first quarter of  Fiscal  1995.
The  Company  expects  its United States  sales  for  the  second
quarter  of  Fiscal  1996 to remain comparable  with  the  second
quarter  of  Fiscal 1995, exclusive of the licensed video  sales.
Net  sales of video product to Wal-Mart in the second quarter  of
Fiscal 1995 (quarter ended September 30, 1994) were $104,357,000,
or 53% of consolidated net sales.

      The  Company's operating results and liquidity are impacted
by  the  seasonality  of its business.  The Company  records  the
majority of its annual sales in the quarters ending September  30
and  December 31 and receives the largest percentages of customer
returns  in the quarters ending March 31 and June 30.  Therefore,
the  results  of  operations discussed below are not  necessarily
indicative  of  the  Company's  prospective  annual  results   of
operations.

Results of Operations  -- Three  Months Ended  June  30,
                          1995 Compared With Three Months Ended
                          June 30, 1994

     Consolidated net sales for the three month period ended June
30,  1995  decreased $80,082,000 (58%) as compared  to  the  same
period  in  Fiscal 1995.  The effects of the Agreements described
above  accounted  for approximately 80% (or $64,452,000)  of  the
decrease in sales, net of licensing revenues received, and  as  a
result, sales to Wal-Mart were reduced to 16% of consolidated net
sales  for the first quarter of Fiscal 1996, as compared  to  49%
for  the  same period in Fiscal 1995.  Net sales to  Wal-Mart  of
video products bearing the "Emerson and G-Clef" trademark was reported
by Otake  to the  Company  to be $61,307,000 for the first quarter  of 
Fiscal 1996.   In addition, the decrease resulted from lower unit  
sales of  VCRs, televisions and TV/VCR combination units due to  higher
retail  stock  levels  and increased price competition  in  these
product  categories.  Furthermore, the Company's  European  sales
decreased  $6.5  million relating to the Company's discontinuance
of  its Spanish branch office, and plan to sell products in Spain
through  a  distributor.  See "Certain Relationships and  Related
Transactions."

      Cost  of sales, as a percentage of consolidated sales,  was
89% for the three month period ended June 30, 1995 as compared to
94% for the same period in Fiscal 1995.  Gross profit margins  in
the  three  month  period  ended June  30,  1995  were  favorably
impacted by a change in product mix, the recognition of licensing
income,  reduced  reserve  requirements  for  sales  returns  due
primarily  to the Agreements with Otake, and reduced fixed  costs
associated with the downsizing of the Company's foreign  offices,
partially offset by lower sales prices.

      Other  operating costs and expenses declined $1,135,000  in
the  three  month period ended June 30, 1995 as compared  to  the
same  period in Fiscal 1995, primarily as a result of a  decrease
in  compensation expense and other expenses incurred  to  process
product  returns,  both  relating  to  the  Company's  downsizing
program and change in the resale arrangement for product returns.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses ("S, G & A") as
a  percentage  of sales, was 9% for the three month period  ended
June  30,  1995, as compared to 6% for the same period in  Fiscal
1995.   In absolute terms, S,G&A decreased by $2,613,000  in  the
three  month period ended June 30, 1995 as compared to  the  same
period  in  Fiscal 1995.  The decrease was primarily attributable
to   lower   compensation  expense  relating  to  the   Company's
downsizing  program in both the United States and in its  foreign
offices,  and  lower selling expenses attributable to  the  lower
sales.   The  increase in the S,G&A percentage of  sales  is  due
primarily  to  the  allocation of  fixed  S,G  &A  costs  over  a
significantly  lower sales base resulting from the  licensing  of
video  sales.   Additionally, the Company's exposure  to  foreign
currency fluctuations, primarily in Canada and Spain, resulted in
the   recognition   of  net  foreign  currency   exchange   gains
aggregating  $432,000  and $401,000 in the  three  month  periods
ended June 30, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

      Interest  expense increased by $168,000 in the three  month
period  ended  June 30, 1995 as compared to the  same  period  in
Fiscal  1995.   The increase in interest expense in  the  current
quarter was attributable to higher average borrowings and  higher
interest  rates.  The average rate in effect for the three  month
periods ended June 30, 1995 and 1994 was approximately 11.3%  and
9.1%, respectively.

     As a result of the foregoing factors, the Company incurred a
net  loss of $1,401,000 for the three month period ended June 30,
1995, compared to a net loss of $2,894,000 for the same period in
Fiscal 1995.

Results of Operations -- Fiscal 1995 Compared with Fiscal 1994

       Consolidated   net   sales  for  Fiscal   1995   increased
$167,281,000  as  compared  to  Fiscal  1994,  resulting  from  a
significant  increase  in unit sales of  VCRs,  VCPs  and  TV/VCR
combination units, partially offset by a decline in unit sales of
color  televisions  and audio products, as well  as  lower  sales
prices  for such products.  The sales increase for the  VCR,  VCP
and  TV/VCR  product categories was attributable to significantly
higher  sales  to the Company's two largest customers,  resulting
from  an  improved retail climate, low retail stock levels  after
the  1993  holiday  season,  and an improved  perception  of  the
Company  by  retailers since its emergence from bankruptcy.   Net
sales  to  the  Company's largest customer  approximated  53%  of
consolidated  net sales for Fiscal 1995.  The Company's  Canadian
operations experienced a decline in net sales for Fiscal 1995 due
to  declines in unit volume and sales prices (relating to a  weak
retail climate) and unfavorable foreign currency exchange rates.

      Cost  of sales, as a percentage of consolidated sales,  was
approximately  92% for Fiscal 1995 as compared  to  approximately
100%  for  Fiscal  1994.   Gross profit  margins  were  favorably
impacted  by  the  allocation  of fixed  overhead  costs  over  a
significantly  higher  sales base, a decline  in  fixed  overhead
costs,  reduced  losses  associated  with  product  returns,  the
recognition  of  $9.9  million  of  purchase  discounts  from   a
supplier,  $1.2  million of licensing income and reduced  reserve
requirements for sales returns due primarily to an agreement with
the  Company's  largest  supplier.  See  "Liquidity  and  Capital
Resources."   This  improvement was  partially  offset  by  a  1%
decline  in  gross  profit margins attributable  to  lower  sales
prices in most product categories resulting from increased  price
competition, and a change in product mix.

     The Company's margins continue to be impacted by the pricing
category of the consumer electronics market in which the  Company
competes.  The Company's products are generally placed in the low-
to-medium  priced category of the market.  These categories  tend
to  be the most competitive and generate the lowest profits.  The
Company  intends  to focus on its higher margin products  and  is
reviewing new product categories that can generate higher margins
than  the  current business, either through license arrangements,
joint ventures or on its own.

      Other  operating costs and expenses declined $3,230,000  in
Fiscal 1995 as compared to Fiscal 1994, primarily as a result  of
a decrease in compensation and other expenses incurred to process
product  returns,  due  to the Company's downsizing  program  and
changes  in  the  resale arrangement for  product  returns.   See
"Business - Refurbished Products."

      S,G&A,  as a percentage of sales, was 5% and 7% for  Fiscal
1995  and  Fiscal 1994, respectively.  In absolute  terms,  S,G&A
decreased  $3,505,000 in Fiscal 1995.  The decrease was primarily
attributable  to  lower  compensation  expense  relating  to  the
Company's  downsizing program, lower selling expenses,  including
decreases  in  promotional allowances granted to  customers,  and
improved  foreign  currency results.  The Company's  exposure  to
foreign  currency  fluctuations, primarily in Canada  and  Spain,
resulted  in  net  foreign  currency exchange  gains  aggregating
$354,000  in  Fiscal  1995 as compared to  net  foreign  currency
exchange   losses of $1,406,000 in Fiscal 1994.  In Fiscal  1996,
the  Company  intends to reduce its foreign currency exposure  by
conducting its European business in U.S. dollars.

      The  Company has implemented additional cost reductions  in
the  first  quarter of Fiscal 1996 by reducing the infrastructure
of  its  foreign  offices,  which should  improve  the  Company's
operating results in Fiscal 1996.

      Interest  expense decreased $7,361,000 in  Fiscal  1995  as
compared  to Fiscal 1994.  The decrease was attributable  to  the
extinguishment  of  approximately $203 million  of  institutional
debt  in  connection with the Restructuring, effective March  31,
1994,  and  a  moratorium  on interest  accrued  on  pre-petition
indebtedness  during  the  pendency of the  Company's  bankruptcy
proceedings in Fiscal 1994.

     In Fiscal 1994, the Company recorded reorganization costs of
$17,385,000  relating to professional fees and  related  expenses
incurred  in  the  bankruptcy proceedings, and the  writedown  of
certain assets transferred to a liquidating trust pursuant to the
bankruptcy settlement.

     The Company recorded an extraordinary gain on extinguishment
of debt of $129,155,000 in Fiscal 1994.  This gain related to the
settlement of the Company's pre-petition liabilities, as a result
of the Company's emergence from bankruptcy.

      As  a  result of the foregoing factors, the Company  earned
$7,375,000  and  $55,501,000 for Fiscal  1995  and  Fiscal  1994,
respectively.

Results of Operations -- Fiscal 1994 Compared with Fiscal 1993

       Consolidated   net   sales  for  Fiscal   1994   decreased
$253,967,000  as  compared  to  Fiscal  1993,  resulting  from  a
significant  decrease  in unit sales of  VCR/VCP  and  television
products,  as  well as lower sales prices for  the  same  product
categories.  The sales decline was attributable to the effect  of
the  Restructuring and the Company's financial condition  on  the
retailers'   perception  of  the  Company,  a  cautious   outlook
maintained  by retailers over inventory levels, excess  stock  at
the retail level and increased price competition in the Company's
major product categories.

      Cost  of sales, as a percentage of consolidated sales,  was
approximately  100% for Fiscal 1994 as compared to  approximately
91%  for  Fiscal  1993.   Gross profit  margins  were  negatively
impacted  by  a  $6.3 million increase in the reserve  for  sales
returns  and  were  impacted further by the allocation  of  fixed
overhead costs over a significantly lower sales base, sales price
decreases which were in excess of price reductions received  from
suppliers,   and  significant  costs  and  inventory   writedowns
associated  with  product returns.  Additionally,  gross  margins
earned   by  the  Company's  foreign  operations  were  adversely
impacted  by a decline in the Canadian dollar and Spanish  peseta
of  9%  and  16%, respectively, from March 31, 1993 to March  31,
1994.    Although  the  Company  entered  into  foreign  currency
contracts   to   minimize  its  exposure  to   foreign   currency
fluctuations  in Europe, it lacked the necessary working  capital
to hedge all its foreign currency commitments.

      Other  operating costs and expenses declined $7,025,000  in
Fiscal 1994, as compared to Fiscal 1993, primarily as a result of
a  reduction  in  compensation costs relating  to  the  Company's
downsizing  program and lower warranty expenses  associated  with
the decline in the Company's net sales.

      S,  G & A, as a percentage of sales, was 7% for Fiscal 1994
and  Fiscal  1993.   In absolute terms, S, G  &  A  decreased  by
$14,956,000 in Fiscal 1994 as compared to Fiscal 1993.  In  terms
of  actual  cost,  the  decrease in  Fiscal  1994  was  primarily
attributable  to  lower  variable  selling  expenses,   including
decreases  in promotional allowances granted to customers,  sales
commissions,  facility  and compensation costs  relating  to  the
Company's  downsizing program and a decrease in reserves  against
the Company's accounts receivable.

      Interest expense decreased by $8,014,000 in Fiscal 1994  as
compared  to Fiscal 1993.  The decrease was attributable  to  the
moratorium  on interest accrued on pre-petition indebtedness  for
the  six month period ended March 31, 1994.  Interest expense was
only  accrued  and  paid  on  the Company's  debtor-in-possession
financing during the pendency of the bankruptcy proceedings.

      During Fiscal 1993, the Company recorded restructuring  and
other   nonrecurring   charges  aggregating   $35,002,000.    The
provision  included  $31.9  million of  charges  related  to  the
Company's   core  business  operations  of  consumer  electronics
products.  These charges are primarily comprised of certain costs
associated  with  the consolidation of facilities,  severance  of
employees  ($3,967,000 provision for termination of officers  and
other  employees), the writedown of certain assets,  a  provision
relating  to  a significant change in the resale arrangement  for
returned product, and professional fees and other charges related
to  the  Company's proposed financial restructuring  and  to  the
proxy  contest settled in June 1992.  The provision also included
$3.1  million in charges relating to the final wind-down  of  the
Company's personal computer business.

     In Fiscal 1994, the Company recorded reorganization costs of
$17,385,000  relating to professional fees and  related  expenses
incurred  in  the  bankruptcy proceedings, and the  writedown  of
certain assets transferred to a liquidating trust pursuant to the
bankruptcy settlement.

     The Company recorded an extraordinary gain on extinguishment
of debt of $129,155,000 in Fiscal 1994.  This gain related to the
settlement of the Company's pre-petition liabilities, as a result
of the Restructuring.

      As  a  result of the foregoing factors, the Company  earned
$55,501,000  for  Fiscal  1994,  compared  to  a  net   loss   of
$56,000,000 for Fiscal 1993.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     Net cash provided by operating activities was $1,428,000 for
the  three  months ended June 30, 1995.  Cash was provided  by  a
decrease  in accounts receivable partially offset by a loss  from
operations.   The decrease in accounts receivable was  due  to  a
decrease  in  sales  and an increase in cash collections  in  the
current quarter.

     Net cash utilized by investing activities was $1,177,000 for
the  three  months  ended  June 30, 1995.   Investing  activities
consisted  primarily of capital expenditures for the purchase  of
new product molds.

      In  the  three  months ended June 30, 1995,  the  Company's
financing  activities utilized $2,797,000 of cash.   The  Company
reduced  its  borrowings under its United States line  of  credit
facility   by  $2,077,000  through  the  collection  of  accounts
receivable.

      Net  cash  utilized by operating activities was $20,974,000
for  Fiscal  1995.  Cash was utilized to purchase  inventory  for
sale  which  resulted in increased sales and accounts receivable.
The  increase  in  accounts receivable  also  reflects  sales  of
returned  product to a 50% owned joint venture  that  has  a  net
payable  to  the Company of $15,283,000 at March 31,  1995.   See
"Business  -  Refurbished  Products."  Further,  a  reduction  in
accounts  payable  to the Company's largest  supplier  (as  noted
below)  and  a  reduction of a large customer's  credit  balance,
negatively impacted cash.

     Net cash provided by investing activities was $5,691,000 for
Fiscal  1995.   Investing  activities consisted  primarily  of  a
redemption  of  pledged certificates of deposit, net  of  capital
expenditures, primarily for new product molds.  The redemption of
the  pledged certificates of deposit relates primarily to a draw-
down  of  an $8 million standby letter of credit by the Company's
largest  supplier against a certificate of deposit for  the  same
amount, fulfilling commitments made during the Restructuring.

      In Fiscal 1995, the Company's financing activities provided
$10,680,000 of cash.  The Company increased borrowings under  its
U.S.  line of credit facility by $7,256,000 to finance the higher
accounts   receivable   levels  and  reduce   accounts   payable.
Additionally,  the Company generated net proceeds  of  $5,692,000
from  an  initial public offering of Common Stock,  as  described
below.

      On  September 29, 1993, the Company and five  of  its  U.S.
subsidiaries  filed  voluntary petitions  for  relief  under  the
reorganization  provisions of Chapter 11  of  the  United  States
Bankruptcy Code and operated as debtors-in-possession  under  the
supervision  of  the Bankruptcy Court while their  reorganization
cases  were pending.  The precipitating factor for these  filings
was  the Company's severe liquidity problems relating to its high
level of indebtedness and a significant decline in sales from the
prior year.

      Effective  March 31, 1994, the Bankruptcy Court entered  an
order  confirming  the  Plan  of  Reorganization.   The  Plan  of
Reorganization   provided   for   the   implementation    of    a
recapitalization of the Company. In accordance with the  Plan  of
Reorganization,   the  Company's  pre-petition  liabilities   (of
approximately  $233 million) were settled with the  creditors  in
the aggregate, as follows:

           I.   The Bank Lenders received $70 million in cash and
     the  right to receive the initial $2 million of net proceeds
     from the Company's anti-dumping duty receivable.
     
           II.  The Noteholders initially received $2,650,000  in
     cash and warrants to purchase 750,000 shares of Common Stock
     for  a  period of seven years at an exercise price of  $1.00
     per  share, provided that the exercise price shall  increase
     by  10%  per  year  commencing in  year  four,  and  further
     received  $1  million, payable $922,498  in  cash  from  the
     initial  public  offering of Common  Stock  and  $77,502  in
     Common Stock calculated on the basis of $1.00 per share.
     
           III.   The Bank Lenders and Noteholders received their
     pro rata percentage of the following:
     
              A.  $2,350,000 in cash (however $350,000  of  this
              amount was distributable to the holders of allowed
              unsecured claims);
         
              B.  10,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock with
              a face value of $10 million (estimated fair market
              value  of  approximately $9 million at  March  31,
              1994);

              C.  4,025,277  shares of Common  Stock,  including
              691,944 shares issued in February 1995 pursuant to
              an anti-dilution provision;
         
              D.  The  net  proceeds  from  the  sale  of   the
              Company's Indiana land and building; and
         
              E.  The  net  proceeds  to be  received  from  the
              Company's  anti-dumping duty receivable in  excess
              of $2 million .
         
           IV.   Holders of allowed unsecured claims  received  a
     pro-rata  portion of the $350,000 distribution and  interest
     bearing promissory notes equal to 18.3% of the allowed claim
     amount,  payable in two installments over  18  months.   See
     "Legal Proceedings."
     
      In  accordance with the Plan of Reorganization, the Company
completed  an  initial public offering of  its  Common  Stock  in
September  1994 to shareholders of record as of March  31,  1994,
excluding  Fidenas Investment Limited ("FIL").  The Company  sold
6,149,993 shares of Common Stock for $1.00 per share resulting in
proceeds to the Company, net of issuance costs, of $5,692,000.

      The  Company  maintains  an  asset-based  revolving  credit
facility  with a U.S. financial institution (the "Lender").   The
facility  provides  for revolving loans and  letters  of  credit,
subject  to  individual maximums which, in the aggregate,  cannot
exceed   the  lesser of $60 million or a "Borrowing Base"  amount
based  on  specified percentages of eligible accounts  receivable
and  inventories.  Credit extended under the line is  secured  by
the  U.S.  and Canadian assets of the Company.  Until August  24,
1995,  the interest rate on these borrowings was 2.25% above  the
prime rate.  "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results  of
Operations and Financial Condition - Subsequent Events."  At June
30,  1995,  the weighted average interest rate on the outstanding
borrowings was 11.25%.  The facility is also subject to an unused
line fee of 0.5% per annum.  Pursuant to the terms of this credit
facility,  the  Company is restricted from, among  other  things,
paying  cash  dividends  (other than on the  Series  A  Preferred
Stock),  redeeming stock, and entering into certain  transactions
and  is  required to maintain certain working capital and  equity
levels  (as  defined).   The Company is required  to  maintain  a
minimum net worth of $42,000,000, excluding net proceeds received
by  the Company from the sale of equity securities, which minimum
will increase to $50,000,000, effective January 1, 1996.  At June
30, 1995, there was approximately $25.2 million outstanding under
the  revolving loan facility, and approximately $2.1  million  of
outstanding  letters  of credit issued for  inventory  purchases.
Based on the "Borrowing Base" amount at June 30, 1995, $2,939,000
of the credit facility was not utilized.

      The Company's Hong Kong subsidiary maintains various credit
facilities  aggregating $114.3 million with a bank in  Hong  Kong
consisting of the following:  (i) a $12.3 million credit facility
which  is  generally  used for letters of credit  for  a  foreign
subsidiary's  direct  import business and  affiliates'  inventory
purchases,  (ii) a $2 million standby letter of credit  facility,
and  (iii) a $100 million credit facility, for the benefit  of  a
foreign  subsidiary, which is for the establishment  of  back-to-
back  letters of credit with the Company's largest customer.   At
June 30, 1995, the Company's Hong Kong subsidiary had pledged  $4
million  in  certificates of deposit to this bank to  assure  the
availability of these credit facilities.  At June 30, 1995, there
were $11.9 million and $9.9 million, respectively, of letters  of
credit  outstanding  under  the $12.3 million  and  $100  million
credit facilities.

      The  Company's Hong Kong subsidiary maintains an additional
credit  facility  with another bank in Hong Kong.   The  facility
provides for a $10 million line of credit for documentary letters
of  credit and a $10 million back-to-back letter of credit  line,
collateralized by a $5 million certificate of deposit.   At  June
30,  1995,  the Company's Hong Kong subsidiary had  pledged  $5.1
million in certificates of deposit to assure the availability  of
these   credit   facilities.   At June  30,  1995,  these  credit
facilities were not utilized.

      Management's  strategy to compete more effectively  in  the
highly  competitive consumer products market in the United States
and  Canada, is to combine innovative approaches to the Company's
current product line, such as value-added promotions, augment its
product line with higher margin complementary products, including
personal and home security products, a home theater system, ready-
to-assemble furniture, clocks and watches, and car audio products
and  engage  in  the  sale of distribution,  sourcing  and  other
services  to third parties.  Management believes that  these  new
products and services will contribute to the Company's sales  and
operating  results commencing in the second half of Fiscal  1996.
The  Company  also  intends to undertake efforts  to  expand  the
international  distribution  of its  products  into  areas  where
management believes low to moderately priced, dependable consumer
electronics and microwave oven products will have a broad appeal.
The  Company has in the past and intends in the future to  pursue
such  plans  either  on its own or by forging new  relationships,
including  through  license arrangements, partnerships  or  joint
ventures.

      In  Fiscal 1995, the Company concluded licensing agreements
for  existing  core  business products  and  new  products.   The
Company intends to pursue additional licensing opportunities  and
believes  that  such licensing activities will  have  a  positive
impact on net operating results by generating royalty income with
minimal  costs,  if any, and without the necessity  of  utilizing
working capital or accepting customer returns.

      Short-Term Liquidity.  At present, management believes that
cash  flow  from  operations, the institutional  financing  noted
above  and  the  sale  of  Debentures  described  below  will  be
sufficient to fund all of the Company's cash requirements for the
next  year  for  its  core business and to exploit  new  business
opportunities.   The  Company has also  restructured  its  United
States  secured  credit facility as described below.   Cash  flow
from  operations will be negatively impacted by any  increase  in
the prime rate of interest and by a decrease in the proportion of
the Company's direct import sales to consolidated sales.  A lower
percentage of direct import sales will require increased  use  of
the  Company's  United States secured credit  facility  with  the
Lender and may restrict growth of the Company's sales.

      The Company's liquidity is also impacted by the seasonality
of  its business.  The Company records the majority of its annual
sales in the quarters ending September 30 and December 31.   This
requires  the  Company to open significantly  higher  amounts  of
letters  of  credit  during  the  quarters  ending  June  30  and
September  30,  therefore significantly increasing the  Company's
working  capital  needs  during this period.   Additionally,  the
Company  receives the largest percentage of customer  returns  in
the  quarters  ending March 31 and June 30.  The  high  level  of
returns  during  this  period  adversely  impacts  the  Company's
collection  activity  during  this  period,  and  therefore   its
liquidity.  The Company believes that its recent Agreements  with
Otake (as noted above) should favorably impact the Company's cash
flow over the three-year term of the Agreements.

     Long-Term Liquidity.  The revolving credit facility with the
Lender  imposes  financial covenants on the  Company  that  could
materially   affect  its  liquidity  in  the  future.    However,
management believes that the financing noted above and cash  flow
from  operations will provide sufficient liquidity  to  meet  the
Company's  operating  and debt service  cash  requirements  on  a
long-term basis for its current core business.

Inflation and Foreign Currency

      Except  as disclosed above, neither inflation nor  currency
fluctuations had a significant effect on the Company's results of
operations  during the three months ended June 30,  1995,  Fiscal
1995,  Fiscal  1994  or Fiscal 1993.  The Company's  exposure  to
currency  fluctuations has been minimized  by  the  use  of  U.S.
dollar denominated purchase orders, and by sourcing production in
more than one country.  However, the strength of the Japanese Yen
in  1995  has  raised  the  costs of certain  raw  materials  and
subassemblies of the Company's suppliers which has been passed on
to  the  Company in the form of price increases in  Fiscal  1996.
There  can  be  no  assurance that the Company will  be  able  to
recover  such  price  increases from the  selling  price  to  its
customers.   To mitigate the impact of the Yen, the  Company  has
been  able  to negotiate lower prices from new sources of  supply
for  certain  audio products commencing primarily in  the  second
half of Fiscal 1996.

Subsequent Events

      On  August  30,  1995,  the Company completed  its  private
placement of $20,750,000 aggregate principal amount of Debentures
to certain QIBs and institutional Accredited Investors, resulting
in net proceeds to the Company of approximately $19,373,000 after
the  payment of commissions and other expenses of such  offering.
The  proceeds of this offering initially were used to reduce  the
Company's  United States secured credit facility.  As of  October
16,   1995,  there  was  approximately  $26.4  million  of   such
outstanding Senior Indebtedness.

      The  Company currently intends to utilize a portion of  the
net  proceeds  of  such offering or, alternatively,  availability
under such United States secured credit facility, as follows: (i)
repayment  of an intercompany balance with a foreign  subsidiary;
(ii)  finance development of a home theatre system; (iii) finance
development  of  the  "H.H.  Scott" product  line;  (iv)  finance
development of an Emerson mobile audio product line; (v)  working
capital;  and (vi) acquisitions.  To date, the Company  does  not
have  any  signed contracts, letters of intent, or agreements  in
principle  with respect to any acquisitions and is not  currently
engaged  in  any  significant  negotiations  to  make  any   such
acquisition.

      The  allocation  of net proceeds from the offering  of  the
Debentures by the Company set forth in this Prospectus represents
the  Company's current estimates based upon its present plans and
certain  assumptions,  including plans and assumptions  regarding
the Company's business and assumptions regarding the industry and
general  economic and other conditions.  If any of those  factors
change,  the  Company  may  find it  necessary  or  advisable  to
reallocate some of the proceeds for other purposes.

      The  Company  has  also amended its United  States  secured
credit  facility effective as of August 24, 1995.  The  amendment
includes,  among other things, a reduction of 1% in the  interest
rate  charged on borrowings, down to 1.25% above the stated prime
rate, an extension on the term of the facility for one additional
year  to March 1998, an increase in working capital requirements,
a  reduction  of other loan fees and charges under such  facility
and  the  release  of  the  Lender's security  interests  in  the
trademarks  of  the Company.  The trademarks  are  subject  to  a
negative pledge covenant.  The modifications to its United States
secured credit facility, together with the net proceeds from  the
sale   of   the   Debentures,  should  enable  the   Company   to
significantly reduce its costs of borrowings while permitting the
Company  to  expand  its product lines and distribution  base  as
described above.
              
                            BUSINESS

General

      Emerson,  one  of  the  nation's  largest  volume  consumer
electronics  distributors,  directly  and  through  subsidiaries,
designs,  sources,  imports and markets a variety  of  video  and
audio  consumer  electronics and microwave  oven  products.   The
Company distributes its products primarily through mass merchants
and  discount  retailers, leveraging on the strength  of  its  "Emerson and
G-Clef" trademark,  a  nationally recognized trade name in  the  consumer
electronics industry.  The trade name "Emerson Radio" dates  back
to 1912 and is one of the oldest and most well respected names in
the  consumer products industry.  In addition, the Company offers
a  line  of audio products for sale under the "H.H. Scott"  brand
name.   Approximately $15 billion of factory sales are  generated
by  the  industry  in  the market segment in  which  the  Company
competes.   In calendar year 1994, Emerson believes it was  among
the top three brand names in unit sales volume of VCRs and TV/VCR
combinations  and among the top five brand names  in  unit  sales
volume of color televisions.

      The  Company  believes it possesses an advantage  over  its
competitors   due  to  the  combination  of  the  Emerson   brand
recognition,  its  extensive distribution  base  and  established
relations with customers in the mass merchant and discount retail
channels  of distribution, its sourcing expertise and established
vendor   relations,  and  an  infrastructure  boasting  personnel
experienced in servicing and providing logistical support to  the
domestic mass merchant distribution channel.  Emerson intends  to
leverage  its  core  competencies to offer  a  broad  variety  of
current  and  new  consumer  products  to  retail  customers   in
developing markets worldwide.  The Company intends to form  joint
ventures  and  enter into licensing agreements  which  will  take
advantage  of the Company's trademarks and utilize the  Company's
logistical and sourcing advantages.

     The Company's core business consists of the distribution and
sale  of  various  low  to moderately priced product  categories,
including  black  and  white and color televisions,  VCRs,  VCPs,
TV/VCR combination units, home stereo and portable audio products
and microwave ovens.  The majority of the Company's marketing and
sales of these products is concentrated in the United States and,
to  a  lesser  extent,  Canada  and certain  other  international
regions.   Emerson's  major  competition  in  these  markets  are
foreign-based manufacturers and distributors.

     The Company successfully restructured its financial position
through  the  Plan of Reorganization.  Through the Restructuring,
the  Company reduced its institutional debt by approximately $203
million.   Additionally, the Company increased its net  sales  by
34%  in  Fiscal  1995, the fiscal year immediately following  its
emergence from bankruptcy, as compared to Fiscal 1994.  See  "The
Company - Restructuring of the Company."

Industry

      Consumer  electronics products play a  major  role  in  the
entertainment, information and education industries  and  provide
consumers  with  affordable options in  these  areas.   Based  on
industry sources, sales of consumer electronics products set  all
time  sales  records  in 1994, with estimated  factory  sales  of
approximately $55.9 billion.

       The  consumer  electronics  industry  comprises  over   30
different   categories  of  products.   Of  these,  the   largest
categories are personal computers, color televisions, auto sound,
computer peripherals, electronic software, VCRs, portable  audio,
batteries,  computer  software,  camcorders,  audio  systems  and
telephone products.  These categories represent $38.3 billion  of
factory  sales, or approximately 69% of the consumer  electronics
industry.   The specific product categories in which the  Company
competes represent approximately $15 billion of factory sales, or
approximately 25% of the consumer electronics industry.

      The  consumer electronics industry factory sales data shown
in  the  table  below are based on information  provided  by  the
Electronics Industries Association:

                 Consumer Electronics Industry
                 Annual Factory Sales Dollars
                      Calendar 1991-1995
                          (Billions)
   1991         1992         1993         1994         1995
  Actual       Actual       Actual      Estimated    Projected
  $42.08        $46.2       $51.03        $55.9        $59.8

      Emerson  sells a wide range of video, audio  and  microwave
oven  products.  The Company's significant sales  volume  is  the
result  of  offering what management believes are well  featured,
value  priced  products  primarily to mass  merchants,  warehouse
clubs and catalog showrooms.

Company Products

      The  Company  directly  and through  subsidiaries  designs,
sources,  imports  and  markets a  variety  of  video  and  audio
consumer  electronics and microwave oven products,  primarily  on
the  strength of its "Emerson and G-Clef" trademark, a nationally 
recognized symbol in   the  consumer  electronics  industry.   The  
Company's  core business  currently  consists of the following  video
and  audio product categories as well as microwave ovens:

        Video Products                           Audio Products
        Color Televisions                        Shelf systems
        Black and White Specialty                CD stereo systems
        Televisions

        Color Specialty Televisions              Portable audio,
                                                 cassette and CD systems

        Color  TV/VCR  Combination Units         AM/FM Bicycle radios

        Video Cassette Recorders                 Personal audio,
                                                 cassette and CD
                                                 systems

        Speciality Video  Cassette Players       Digital clock radios
        

Televisions:

       Management  believes  that  market  saturation  for  color
televisions  is  extensive and that more  than  one-half  of  its
television  sales will be replacement sets.  Emerson  intends  to
capitalize  on its strength in the small screen categories  while
moving  into the growing and more profitable larger screen sizes.
Emerson  will  continue  to  offer innovative  new  features  and
contemporary styling.

VCRs and Combination Units:

      Approximately 85% of all U.S. households have at least  one
VCR.   Industry  sales  reporting practices  appear  to  indicate
modest growth rates in VCRs, with consumers purchasing both stand-
alone  VCRs and the TV/VCR combination product.  Emerson was  one
of  the  first companies to sell VCRs through the discount  store
channel  of  distribution.  As the category began to mature,  the
discount  store  channel  experienced  explosive  sales   growth,
resulting  in  a large market share for the "Emerson and G-Clef" 
brand.   In  1988, Emerson   introduced  the  industry's  first  
TV/VCR  combination product  in  the  United States market.  Since
that  time,  the Company  has  remained among the industry leaders. 
The  Company intends   to   maintain  its  leadership  position  
through the introduction  of  new,  larger screen sizes  and  trendy
fashion colors in small screen models.

Audio:

      Emerson competes in the following product categories within
the audio segment:

       Clock  Radios:   In  the  clock  radio  category,  Emerson
maintains  a  strong market share.  The Company was  one  of  the
first to offer models with large clock displays and continues  to
introduce new products.

       Headphone  Stereo:   Portable  headset  audio  sales  have
remained  flat  in  the  1990's and this  trend  is  expected  to
continue.   The  Company is also developing  a  line  of  "active
series"  products  to tap into the fitness trend  in  the  United
States.

      Personal CD:  With sales increases of 32% in 1994  and  18%
projected  (based upon management's best estimate) in  1995,  the
personal  compact disc market continues to expand.  Beginning  in
1995, Emerson will introduce new products and programs to attempt
to gain a stronger position in this market.

      Non-CD Portable Stereo:  While the total "Boombox" category
is growing due to the strong sales of CD units, non-CD sales have
been declining rapidly.  While maintaining a dominant position in
the  entry level product area, the Company will attempt to expand
its presence in step-up products.

      Portable CD/Radio/Cassette:  The Company will increase  its
emphasis on CD's.  Emerson will offer CD combination models  with
step-up  features, while attempting to price such products  below
its competition.

      Shelf Systems:  Shelf systems remain a growth area for  the
industry.  The category has dramatically shifted to digital  with
93% of the unit sales in CD based systems in 1994.

Microwave Ovens:

      The  microwave  category allows Emerson to merchandise  its
products and promote its brand name in other departments.   As  a
result,  the  "Emerson and G-Clef" brand name is known in housewares 
and  appliance departments.

      Emerson  will  maintain its focus in the under  $150  price
range.  The Company will attempt to gain market share by offering
better  styled  products with more features  and  greater  dealer
margin,  in conjunction with "Emerson and G-Clef" brand name 
recognition to enhance sales to entry level purchasers.  The Company
is also introducing ready-to-assemble  furniture  and  home  and  
personal security products to complement its current product line.

Growth Strategy

      The Company's strategic focus is to develop and expand  its
distribution  of  consumer electronics products in  the  domestic
marketplace to new customers and the development and sale of  new
products,  such  as  ready-to-assemble  furniture  and  home  and
personal  security  products;  capitalize  on  opportunities   to
license  the  "Emerson and G-Clef"  and  "H.H. Scott" trade  names;
leverage  and exploit  its  sourcing capabilities, buying power  and 
logistics expertise  in  the  Far  East;  and  expand  international
sales including  not  only core consumer electronic products  but  
also other  consumer products such as ready-to-assemble furniture  and
home and personal security products.

      The  Company  believes  that the "Emerson and G-Clef"  trademark
is  widely recognized on a world-wide basis.  A principal component  of  
the Company's   growth  strategy  is  to  utilize  this  brand   name
recognition  together with the Company's reputation  for  quality
and cost competitive products to aggressively promote its product
lines within the United States and Canada and targeted geographic
areas  on  an  international  basis.   The  Company's  management
believes   that  the  Company  will  be  able  to  compete   more
effectively  in  the highly competitive consumer electronics  and
microwave  oven  industries domestically and internationally,  by
combining innovative approaches to the Company's current  product
line and augmenting its product line with complementary products.
The Company intends to pursue such plans either on its own, or by
forging    new    relationships,   including   through    license
arrangements,  partnerships or joint ventures.  The  Company  has
successfully  negotiated definitive licensing  arrangements  with
its  largest  supplier,  a  distributor of  consumer  electronics
accessories,  a  manufacturer  of  clocks  and  watches  and  the
Franklin Mint.  See "Business - Licensing."  Further, the Company
is currently involved in negotiations with different parties with
respect to additional similar transactions.

Sales and Distribution

       The  Company  has  implemented  an  integrated  system  to
coordinate the purchasing, sales and distribution segments of its
operations.  The Company is equipped to receive orders  from  its
major  accounts  electronically or by the conventional  modes  of
facsimile,  telephone  or  mail.   The  Company  does  not   have
long-term  contracts  with  any  of  its  customers,  but  rather
receives  orders on an ongoing basis.  Products imported  by  the
Company  (generally  from  the Far East)  are  shipped  by  ocean
freight   and   then   stored  in  contracted  public   warehouse
facilities, for shipment to customers.  Products manufactured  by
vendors  in Indiana are stored in public warehouses on an interim
basis  until shipped to the Company's customers.  All merchandise
received  by Emerson is automatically updated into the  Company's
on-line  inventory system.  As a purchase order is  received  and
filled,  warehoused product is labeled and prepared for  outbound
shipment  to  Company  customers by  common,  contract  or  small
package carriers.

      The  Company also makes available to its customers (through
subsidiaries) a direct import program, pursuant to which products
are  imported directly by the Company's customers.  In the  three
months ended June 30, 1995, Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1994, products
representing  approximately  47%,  68%  and  52%  of  net  sales,
respectively,  were imported directly from manufacturers  to  the
Company's customers.  If the Company experiences a decline in the
percentage of sales effected through direct imports, its  working
capital and inventory requirements may be incrementally affected.
See  "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis  of
Results of Operations and Financial Condition."

Domestic Marketing

      In  the  United  States, the Company markets  its  products
primarily through mass merchandisers and discount retailers.  Wal-
Mart  accounted  for approximately 16%, 53% and 34%,  and  Target
Stores, Inc., accounted for approximately 10%, 10% and 12% of the
Company's  net  sales in the three months ended  June  30,  1995,
Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1994, respectively.  Net sales to Wal-Mart
for  Fiscal  1995 and Fiscal 1994 include sales of certain  video
products  which are subject to a license/supply arrangement  with
the  Company's largest supplier, effective March 31, 1995.  As  a
result, the Company now reports royalty revenues attributable  to
such  sales, in lieu of reporting the full dollar values of  such
sales  and  associated costs.  See "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition."   Net
sales  of  these products to Wal-Mart accounted for approximately
47%  and 21% of consolidated net sales in Fiscal 1995 and  Fiscal
1994, respectively.  See "Business-Licensing."  No other customer
accounted  for  more than 10% of the Company's net  sales  during
these periods.

      A  portion  of  the Company's sales are made through  sales
representative organizations which receive sales commissions  and
work closely with Company sales personnel.  The remainder of  the
Company's sales are made to retail customers serviced principally
by   Company  sales  personnel.   The  Company  has   six   sales
professionals  based in the United States.   The  domestic  sales
force   is   based   in  the  Company's  New   Jersey   corporate
headquarters,  and in regional offices located  in  Missouri  and
California.   The  sales  representative organizations  sell,  in
addition   to  the  Company's  products,  allied,  but  generally
non-competitive, products.  In most instances, either  party  may
terminate  a sales representative relationship on 30 days'  prior
notice  in  accordance  with customary  industry  practice.   The
Company    utilizes   approximately   30   sales   representative
organizations, including one through which approximately 13%  and
10%  of  the  Company's net sales were made in the  three  months
ended June 30, 1995 and Fiscal 1995, respectively.  Additionally,
one other sales representative organization accounted for 14%  of
the  Company's net sales made in the three months ended June  30,
1995.   No other sales representative organization accounted  for
more  than  10%  of the Company's net sales in the  three  months
ended June 30, 1995 or Fiscal 1995.

Foreign Marketing

      While  the major portion of the Company's marketing efforts
are directed toward the United States, approximately 9% and 7% of
the  Company's net sales in the three months ended June 30,  1995
and Fiscal 1995, respectively, were made to foreign customers  in
Canada,  Central  and South America, Spain and the  Middle  East.
See  Note  M  of  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  for
Fiscal  1995 and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results
of Operations and Financial Condition."  The Company is expanding
its  marketing  and  sales  activities in  certain  international
geographic  regions  and has expanded such  activities  to  cover
other parts of Europe, South America, the Far East and Mexico.

Licensing

      The Company believes that licensing activities will have  a
positive  impact  on net operating results by generating  royalty
income  with minimal costs, if any, and without the necessity  of
utilizing  working  capital or accepting customer  returns.   The
Company has successfully concluded licensing agreements with  (i)
Otake for the sale of video products bearing the "Emerson and G-Clef"
trademark to Wal-Mart  locations in the United States and Canada,  
(ii)  Jasco Products  Co.,  Inc.  ("Jasco"),  one  of  the  largest  
domestic electronics  accessory companies, for distribution of  electronic
accessories  in  the United States, (iii) Herald Holding  Limited
("Herald"),  a  publicly-traded  Hong  Kong  Company,   for   the
distribution  of clocks and watches in the United States  bearing
the "r" trademark and (iv) the Franklin Mint for distribution  of
classic  Emerson  Radio reproductions.  The  Company  intends  to
pursue  additional licensing opportunities.  See  "Risk  Factors"
and   "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of   Results   of
Operations and Financial Condition."

Design and Manufacturing

      The  Company's  design  team  is  responsible  for  product
development    and   operates   closely   with   the    Company's
manufacturers.   The Company's engineers determine  the  detailed
cosmetic  and  option  specifications  for  new  products,  which
typically incorporate commercially available electronic parts  to
be  assembled  according to the Company's designs.   Accordingly,
the  exterior  designs and operating features  of  the  Company's
products  reflect  the Company's judgment of current  styles  and
consumer preferences.  The Company's designs are tailored to meet
the  needs  of  the local market, particularly  in  the  case  of
international   distribution,  where   products   are   generally
introduced on a country-by-country basis.

      The majority of the Company's products are manufactured  by
original equipment manufacturers in accordance with the Company's
specifications.  The manufacturers are primarily located in  Hong
Kong, South Korea, Taiwan, China, Malaysia and Thailand.  Certain
of  the  Company's  products are also  assembled  by  a  contract
manufacturer in Indiana.

     During the three months ended June 30, 1995, Fiscal 1995 and
Fiscal 1994, approximately 95%, 89% and 84%, respectively, of the
cost  value  of  the  Company's purchases consisted  of  imported
finished  goods.  Otake, a manufacturer headquartered  in  Japan,
supplied  approximately 18%, 73% and 59%,  respectively,  of  the
Company's  total  purchases in the three months  ended  June  30,
1995, Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1994.  Approximately 52% and 30%  of
the  cost  value  of the Company's purchases in Fiscal  1995  and
Fiscal  1994,  respectively, were video products  purchased  from
Otake  and  sold  to Wal-Mart.  As a result of the license/supply
arrangement  with  Otake,  the  Company  expects  to  purchase  a
significantly lower proportion of its finished goods  from  Otake
over  the  three-year term of the agreements.  See  "Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of Results of Operations  and  Financial
Condition"    and   "Business-Licensing."    The   license/supply
arrangement also provides that Otake will supply the Company with
certain  video products for sale to other customers at  preferred
prices  for a three-year term.  Otake also sells a line of  video
products  under  its Orion trademark.  Kong Wah,  a  manufacturer
headquartered  in Hong Kong, supplied approximately  10%  of  the
Company's total purchases in each of the three months ended  June
30,  1995 and Fiscal 1994.  Additionally, Daewoo Electronics  Co.
Ltd.,  Imarflex,  Mfg. Co., Ltd. and Musical Electronics  Limited
accounted  for  approximately 22%, 21% and 14%, respectively,  of
the  Company's purchases during the three months ended  June  30,
1995.   No  other  supplier accounted for more than  10%  of  the
Company's  total  purchases during these  periods.   The  Company
believes   that,  barring  any  unusual  shortages  or   economic
conditions, it could develop alternative sources for any  of  the
products  it  currently purchases.  Except with  respect  to  the
Agreements  with Otake, the Company does not have  a  contractual
agreement with any of its suppliers and no assurance can be given
that certain short-term shortages of product would not result  if
the  Company were required to seek alternative sources of  supply
without   adequate  notice  by  the  supplier  or  a   reasonable
opportunity to seek alternate production facilities and component
parts.  See "Risk Factors."

Warranties

      The Company offers its United States and Canadian consumers
limited  warranties comparable to those offered to  consumers  by
its  competitors  and  accepts  returns  from  its  customers  in
accordance  with  customary industry practices.   Warranties  for
products sold internationally are, in certain cases, provided  on
a  region-by-region basis through local entities retained by  the
Company.

Refurbished Products

      The Company's customers return product to the Company for a
variety  of reasons, including liberal retailer return  policies,
damage  to goods in transit and occasional cosmetic imperfections
and mechanical failure.

      To  improve  profitability, effective April  1,  1994,  the
Company formed a partnership ("Partnership") with Hopper Radio of
Florida,  Inc.  ("Hopper"),  a  major  independent  reseller   of
consumer electronics products.  The Company and Hopper each own a
50%  interest in the Partnership.  The Partnership was formed  to
purchase (i) all returned consumer electronics products from  the
Company,  refurbish them, if feasible, and sell them  refurbished
or  "As-Is",  on  a  worldwide basis in all countries  where  the
Company  has  trademark rights and (ii) new consumer  electronics
products from manufacturers sourced through a subsidiary  of  the
Company  or through third parties, if such new products could  be
obtained  on more favorable prices and terms, for sale in  Mexico
and Central and South America.

      The  Partnership  with Hopper has enabled  the  Company  to
control the costs associated with product returns, by providing a
stable   selling  price  for  returned  products  and   increased
inventory  turnover,  by  utilizing the distribution  network  of
Hopper  to  sell  products,  and by  potentially  increasing  the
Company's  sales of new products to Mexico and Central and  South
America.   The  Partnership's profits and  losses  are  allocated
evenly.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results  of
Operations  and  Financial  Condition  -  Liquidity  and  Capital
Resources."   The  general managerial activities  are  under  the
control of Barry Smith, who is also the President of Hopper.  The
Company previously refurbished certain products which were either
sold  as  refurbished or, if not refurbished, sold "As-Is".   See
"Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Results  of  Operations
and Financial Condition."

     In forming the Partnership, the Company contributed returned
product  to  the  Partnership equal in value  to  the  amount  of
Hopper's initial cash contribution of $500,000.  The Company also
agreed   to  (i)  sell  additional  returned  products   to   the
Partnership,  pursuant  to the terms of a sales  agreement,  (ii)
license  to  the  Partnership  its  "Emerson and G-Clef"  trademark
for  sale  of refurbished  product worldwide and for sale of  new  
products  in Mexico,  Central and South America, (iii) provide the 
Partnership with  access to its vendors, (iv) relinquish its territories
for refurbished  merchandise and (v) lease  to  the  Partnership  the
equipment to refurbish the returned merchandise.  The partnership
agreement  of the Partnership similarly provides that  Hopper  is
required  to provide the Partnership with (i) the set price  list
at which all merchandise shall be sold, to be approved in advance
by both partners, (ii) financing on terms to be agreed to by both
parties,   and  (iii)  the  physical  location  for  refurbishing
activities  at  a  rental rate of $2.00 per square  foot,  or  as
otherwise agreed to by the parties.

     The Company filed suit on July 5, 1995 in the State Court of
New  Jersey  alleging that Hopper, Barry Smith and  three  former
employees  of  the Company (collectively, the "Defendants")  have
formed  a  business  entity for the purpose of  engaging  in  the
distribution of consumer electronics and that the action  of  the
Defendants  in connection therewith violated certain duties  owed
to  and rights of the Company.  The Partnership has continued  to
operate  since  the  filing of the lawsuit.  The  Company  cannot
predict  at  this time how this suit will, if at all, affect  the
Partnership or the Company.

Backlog

      From time-to-time, the Company has substantial orders  from
customers on hand.  Management believes, however, that backlog is
not  a  significant  factor in its operations.   The  ability  of
management  to  correctly anticipate and  provide  for  inventory
requirements  is  essential to the successful  operation  of  the
Company's business.

Trademarks

     The Company owns the "Emerson and G-Clef" "H.H. Scott" and "Scott"
trademarks for certain of its home entertainment and electronic products 
in the  United  States, Canada, Mexico and various other  countries.
Of  the trademarks owned by the Company, those registered in  the
United States must be renewed at various times from 1996 to  2008
and  those registered in Canada must be renewed at various  times
from  1995  to 2007. The Company's trademarks are also registered
on  a  worldwide basis, which registrations must  be  renewed  at
various times.  The Company intends to renew all such trademarks.
The  Company  considers  the  "Emerson and G-Clef"  trademark  to  be  of 
material importance   to  its  business.   The  Company  also   owns the
"Electrophonic"  trademark and is studying  the  introduction  of
this  trademark  on value priced audio products  in  fiscal  year
1996.   The Company owns several other trademarks, none of  which
is  currently  considered  by  the  Company  to  be  of  material
importance  to  its business.  The Company has  licensed  certain
applications of the "Emerson and G-Clef" trademark to Otake, Jasco, 
Herald and the Franklin  Mint  on a limited basis.  See "Business -  
Licensing." The   Company  may  not  pledge  the  "Emerson and G-Clef"
trademark to secure indebtedness under its United States secured credit  
facility  or under the Indenture.  See "Description of Debentures."

Competition

      The market segment of the consumer electronics industry  in
which the Company competes generates approximately $15 billion of
factory  sales  annually and is highly fragmented,  cyclical  and
very  competitive, supporting major American, Japanese and Korean
companies, as well as numerous small importers.  The industry  is
characterized by the short life cycle of products which  requires
continuous  design  and  development efforts.   Market  entry  is
comparatively easy because of low initial capital requirements.

      The  Company primarily competes in the low to medium-priced
sector  of the consumer electronics market.  Management estimates
that the Company has several dozen competitors, many of which are
much  larger  and  have  greater  financial  resources  than  the
Company.    Emerson's   major   competitors   are   foreign-based
manufacturers  and distributors.  The Company competes  primarily
on  the  basis of its products' reliability, quality,  price  and
design,  the  "Emerson and G-Clef"  trademark and service to retailers
and  their customers.   The Company's products also compete  at  the  
retail level for shelf space and promotional displays, all of which 
have an  impact on the Company's established and proposed distribution
channels.   See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of  Results
of Operations and Financial Condition."

Government Regulation

      Pursuant  to the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, the  Trade
Act  of  1974 and regulations promulgated thereunder, the  United
States   government  charges  tariff  duties,   excess   charges,
assessments and penalties on many imports.  These regulations are
subject  to  constant change and revision by government  agencies
and  by action by the United States Trade Representative and  may
have the effect of increasing the cost of goods purchased by  the
Company  or limiting quantities of goods available to the Company
from  its  overseas suppliers.  A number of states  have  adopted
statutes  regulating  the  manner of determining  the  amount  of
payments  to  independent  service  centers  performing  warranty
service   on  products  such  as  those  sold  by  the   Company.
Additional  Federal  legislation and  regulations  regarding  the
importation  of  consumer  electronics  products,  including  the
products  marketed  by  the  Company,  have  been  proposed  from
time-to-time and, if enacted into law, could adversely affect the
Company's results of operations.

Employees

      As of October 18, 1995, the Company had 173 employees.  The
Company   considers   its  labor  relations   to   be   generally
satisfactory.

Properties

      The  Company, directly and through its subsidiaries, leases
warehouse  and  office space in New Jersey,  California,  Canada,
Missouri, the Far East and Spain under leases expiring at various
times from calendar 1995 to 1998, at minimum aggregate rentals as
follows:

      Year Ending
       March 31,                                   (In Thousands)

          1996                                        $1,507
          1997                                         1,484
          1998                                         1,071
          1999                                           271
                                                      $4,333

       In   the  past  several  years,  the  Company  has  closed
substantially all of its leased or owned warehouse facilities  in
favor  of  utilizing  public  warehouse  space  as  part  of  the
Company's  effort to convert fixed costs to variable costs.   The
cost  for  the  public  warehouse  space  is  based  on  a  fixed
percentage of the Company's sales from each respective  location.
Such amounts are not included in the above table.

                        LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Bankruptcy Claims

      Pursuant  to the Plan of Reorganization and the  Bankruptcy
Code, all claims against the Company existing as of September 29,
1993,  were discharged, except as specifically set forth  in  the
Plan   of  Reorganization.   See  "Management's  Discussion   and
Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition."   The
Plan  of  Reorganization provides that unsecured creditors  other
than  the  Bank Lenders and the Noteholders holding  pre-petition
claims which are allowed, will receive unsecured promissory notes
in  the principal amount equal to 18.3% of the allowed amount  of
the  claim; the notes will bear interest at a rate based  on  the
LIBOR  rate for one year obligations, and are due and payable  as
follows:  (i) 35% of the outstanding principal is due  12  months
from the date of issuance, and (ii) the remaining balance is  due
18  months  from the date of issuance.  The Company is  presently
contesting claims submitted by several creditors.

      The  largest claim was filed on July 25, 1994 in connection
with  the  rejection  of  certain executory  contracts  with  two
Brazilian  entities, Cineral Electronica de  Amazonia  Ltda.  and
Cineral  Magazine Ltda. (collectively, "Cineral").  The contracts
were executed in August 1993, shortly before the Company's filing
for  bankruptcy protection.  The amount claimed was  $93,563,457,
of  which $86,785,000 represents a claim for loss of profits  and
$6,400,000  for  plant  installation  and  the  establishment  of
offices,  which were installed and established prior to execution
of the contracts.  The claim was filed as an unsecured claim and,
therefore, will be satisfied, to the extent the claim is  allowed
by  the  Bankruptcy Court, in the manner other allowed  unsecured
claims were satisfied.  The Company believes the Bankruptcy Court
will  separately review the portion of the claim for lost profits
from  the  substantially smaller claim for actual  damages.   The
Company  has objected to the claim, intends to vigorously contest
such claim and believes it has meritorious defenses to the highly
speculative portion of the claim for lost profits and the portion
of  the  claim for actual damages for expenses incurred prior  to
the  execution of the contracts.  Additionally, the  Company  has
instituted  an  adversary  proceeding  in  the  Bankruptcy  Court
asserting  damages caused by Cineral.  A motion filed by  Cineral
to  dismiss  the  adversary  proceeding  has  been  denied.   The
adversary  proceeding and claim objection have been  consolidated
into  one  proceeding.  An adverse final ruling  on  the  Cineral
claim  could have a material adverse effect on the Company,  even
though liability of the Company would be limited to 18.3% of  the
final  claim  determined  by a court of  competent  jurisdiction;
however, with respect to the claim for lost profits, in light  of
the  foregoing, the Company believes the chances for recovery  on
the Cineral claim for lost profits are remote.

Teletech Litigation

      In  December 1990, an action entitled Emerson  Radio  (Hong
Kong)  Limited  (a wholly- owned subsidiary of the  Company)  and
Teletech  (Hong Kong) Limited was commenced in the Supreme  Court
of  Hong Kong High Court (the "Teletech Action") by Emerson Radio
(Hong  Kong)  Limited ("Emerson (H.K.)") against  Teletech  (Hong
Kong)   Limited  ("Teletech").   The  Statement  of  Claim   (the
"Claim"),  filed and served in March 1991, alleges that  Teletech
breached its agreements to sell cordless telephones and telephone
answering machines to Emerson (H.K.).  The Claim seeks damages of
approximately $1,000,000.

       In   March  1991,  Teletech  filed  a  counterclaim   that
essentially  denies  the  allegations and  alleges  that  Emerson
(H.K.) breached its agreement to purchase cordless telephones and
telephone  answering machines arising from wrongful  cancellation
of   placed   orders.    The  counterclaim   seeks   damages   of
approximately  $1,700,000.  In May 1991, Emerson (H.K.)  filed  a
reply  to  the  counterclaim  denying  the  allegations  in   the
counterclaim.    Discovery   is   currently   proceeding.    This
litigation was not affected by the bankruptcy proceedings.

Tax Matters

      In  June and October 1988, the Franchise Tax Board  of  the
State of California issued Notices of Proposed Assessment to  the
Company  proposing additional state income tax  of  approximately
$501,000  in  the aggregate, plus interest, for the fiscal  years
1980,  1985  and 1986.  In August and November 1988, the  Company
filed  protests with the Franchise Tax Board taking exception  to
the  Notices  of  Proposed  Assessment.   After  disallowing  the
Company's  protest,  on July 24, 1992, the  Franchise  Tax  Board
issued  a formal Notice of Action assessing a deficiency  in  the
aggregate  of  approximately $664,000,  which  includes  interest
through July 24, 1992.  On August 24, 1992, the Company filed  an
appeal  with  the  California State Board of  Equalization.   The
Franchise Tax Board filed a response on April 29, 1993,  and  the
Company filed its reply on July 16, 1993.

      On  March 9, 1994, the Company filed an adversary complaint
with  the  Bankruptcy  Court, to obtain  a  declaratory  judgment
against the Franchise Tax Board with regard to this matter.   The
Franchise  Tax  Board  filed  its  response  on  April  6,  1994.
Discovery  is  proceeding.   The Franchise  Tax  Board  moved  to
dismiss  the  adversary proceeding and requested  the  Bankruptcy
Court  to  abstain.   On October 19, 1994, the  Bankruptcy  Court
entered  an  order of abstention which directed  the  parties  to
litigate  in  California.  The Company appealed to  the  District
Court  of  New Jersey.  The District Court affirmed the order  of
the Bankruptcy Court and the Company has filed a notice of appeal
with  the  Third  Circuit.  Subsequent to entry of  the  District
Court  order, the California State Board of Equalization  advised
the  Company  and the Franchise Tax Board of the opportunity  and
deadlines to file additional papers with respect to the Notice of
Action.

     On February 15, 1994, the Franchise Tax Board issued Notices
of  Proposed Assessment to the Company proposing additional state
income  tax  of  approximately $382,000 in  the  aggregate,  plus
interest, for the fiscal years 1987, 1988 and 1989.  The  Company
filed its protest with the Franchise Tax Board on April 15, 1994,
taking exception to the Notices of Proposed Settlement.

      Management  believes that adequate amounts of tax  reserves
have been provided for any adjustments which may result from  the
above   assessments  and  any  additional  adjustments  for   the
remaining years under examination.

Litigation Regarding Certain Outstanding Common Stock

      Subsequent  to  confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization,
litigation  arose among the principal shareholders  of  FIL,  the
Company's largest shareholder prior to confirmation of  the  Plan
of Reorganization, with respect to various business relations and
transactions  entered  into  between  the  shareholders,  certain
affiliates  and their principals, including Geoffrey Jurick,  the
Company's  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  and  Donald
Stelling, the former Chairman.  Mr. Stelling resigned on December
2,   1993   from  the  Company's  Board  of  Directors   creating
uncertainty  about the ability of FIL to honor its commitment  to
the  Company  and the Bank Lenders to satisfy its obligations  to
infuse  $75  million in funds for the purpose  of  financing  the
Restructuring.  The $75 million commitment was made available  by
Mr.  Jurick  and related companies, which utilized  approximately
$15.2  million in funds which had been deposited by FIL  into  an
escrow   account  for  the  purpose  of  securing  the  Company's
Debtor-in-Possession financing obtained in  connection  with  the
Restructuring.   Management believes that, at the  date  of  this
Prospectus,  Messrs. Jurick and Peter Bunger,  directors  of  the
Company, comprise the Board of Directors of FIL.  The utilization
of  the  $15.2  million has been challenged by  various  Stelling
interests in three countries.

      Proceedings were commenced in the Commonwealth  of  Bahamas
for the winding-up of FIL.  The proceeding was brought by one  of
its shareholders, a Bahamian entity controlled by Petra Stelling,
wife  of  Donald  Stelling.   The  liquidator  appointed  by  the
Bahamian  Court  for  the winding-up of FIL commenced  litigation
against  Fidenas  International and Mr. Jurick  with  respect  to
claims arising from the acquisition of the Company's Common Stock
by GSE and Fidenas International.

     The liquidator commenced ancillary proceedings in the United
States Bankruptcy Court pursuant to authorization granted by  the
Bahamian  Court  for  the purposes of, among  other  things,  (i)
conducting  discovery regarding the issuance  of  the  shares  of
Common  Stock  to  Fidenas International,  GSE  and  Elision  and
utilization  of  the  $15.2 million in funds  which  secured  the
Company's Debtor-in-Possession Financing and (ii) restraining the
transfer, disposition or further encumbrance of any shares of the
Company  owned by Fidenas International, GSE, and Elision  issued
pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization.  The ancillary proceeding
was dismissed by the Bankruptcy Court on February 16, 1995.

     In addition to the litigation pending in the Bahamas and New
York,  the Stelling interests have pursued Mr. Jurick and certain
business  associates  (including Mr. Bunger)  and  affiliates  in
civil  and  criminal  actions in Switzerland for  various  claims
relating to their business relationships and transactions.  Based
on certain charges raised by the Stellings, the Swiss authorities
have  commenced  investigations of  Messrs.  Jurick,  Bunger  and
Jerome Farnum (also a director of the Company).  In addition, the
Swiss  authorities have questioned Messrs. Jurick and  Farnum  as
part  of  an  investigation of possible  violations  by  them  of
certain  Swiss  bank licensing laws.  While the investigation  is
still pending, none of Messrs. Jurick, Farnum or Bunger have been
charged  or  indicted  by  the Swiss  authorities.   The  Federal
Banking  Commission of Switzerland has issued a decree purporting
to determine that certain entities affiliated with Messrs. Jurick
and Farnum are subject to Swiss banking laws and have engaged  in
banking  activities without a license; the Commission has ordered
(i)  the  liquidation of one affiliate and the assets of another,
(ii)  the  appointment of a Swiss accounting firm to conduct  the
decreed   liquidation  and  (iii)  certain  preliminary  measures
providing for the appointment of the Swiss accounting firm to act
as  an observer with special supervisory powers.  The Company has
been  informed  by counsel to those entities that an  appeal  was
filed with respect to the decree and that during the pendency  of
the  appeal,  if  timely  filed, the  provisions  of  the  decree
providing  for  the  liquidation shall not be  implemented.   The
Company  has  been advised that the appeal was withdrawn on  September
21,  1995  and a permanent liquidator appointed for  one  of  the
affiliated entities.

      Though the Company is not a party to any of the proceedings
in  Switzerland  or in the Commonwealth of Bahamas,  the  Company
intends  to  monitor  the litigation.  An order  of  a  court  of
competent  jurisdiction  requiring  the  turnover  of  all  or  a
substantial portion of the Common Stock may result in  a  default
under  the  terms of the Company's United States  secured  credit
facility  and/or the Indenture.  See "Risk Factors --  Litigation
Relating  to  Common  Stock."  Additionally,  such  a  change  in
control  could  result  in  a  second  ownership  change  further
limiting  the Company's ability to use its NOLs and  TCCOs.   See
"Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations."

      The  Official  Liquidator appointed in the Commonwealth  of
Bahamas  for Fidenas International Bank Limited (which management
believes  to  be a holder of approximately 18% of the  shares  of
Elision and approximately 11% of the shares of GSE) has filed  an
action  in  the  Bahamas  concerning  the  ownership  by  Fidenas
International of certain shares of Common Stock.  Transfer of the
stock  has  been enjoined by the Bahamian courts.   The  Official
Liquidator has also filed an action in the United States District
Court  on  behalf  of  Fidenas International  Bank  Limited  with
respect  to  certain  shares of Common Stock  issued  to  Fidenas
International in conjunction with the Restructuring.  As  of  the
date hereof, the transfer of such shares has been restrained, the
subject  shares deposited into the registry of the Court  pending
further order and discovery in the action has been commenced.

       A  creditor  of  Elision  has  requested  and  obtained  a
preliminary  injunction issued by a state court in  Massachusetts
which enjoins Elision from conveying, pledging, hypothecating  or
transferring any interest in assets of the corporation, including
securities registered in the name of the corporation, other  than
in the usual course of business, until November 8, 1995.  On that
date,  a  hearing is scheduled for further consideration  of  the
relief  sought  by such creditor.  The order has  the  effect  of
prohibiting  transfers  of any shares  of  Common  Stock  of  the
Company owned by Elision.

Stelling Litigation

      The Company filed a suit in federal court in New Jersey  on
July  14,  1994, naming Mr. Stelling and his spouse as defendants
alleging,  among  other  things,  breaches  by  Mr.  Stelling  of
fiduciary  duties  and breaches of contract by Mr.  Stelling,  as
agent,  and  Mrs.  Stelling, as principal.  The suit  sets  forth
requests  for  monetary damages as well as declaratory  judgments
that  the provisions of the Plan of Reorganization providing  for
releases do not apply to the Stellings and that they are estopped
from  claiming  any interest in the Company.  The Stellings  have
filed  a  motion to dismiss the suit.  As of the date hereof,  no
ruling has been made with respect to such motion.

Other Litigation

      The  Company  is  involved in other legal  proceedings  and
claims  of  various  types in the ordinary  course  of  business.
While any litigation to which the Company is a party contains  an
element  of uncertainty, management presently believes  that  the
outcome  of  each such proceeding or claim which  is  pending  or
known to be threatened, or all of them combined, will not have  a
material  adverse effect on the Company's consolidated  financial
position.

                           MANAGEMENT

Officers and Directors

     The following table sets forth certain information regarding
the officers and directors of the Company as of the date hereof:

Name                         Age        Position
                
                         
Geoffrey  P. Jurick          54  Chairman   of  the  Board   and   Chief
                                 Executive Officer, Director
Eugene I. Davis(1)           40  President  and Interim Chief  Financial
                                 Officer, Director
John P. Walker               32  Senior Vice President - Finance
Albert  G.  McGrath, Jr      38  Senior  Vice  President, Secretary  and
                                 General Counsel
Eddie Rishty                 35  Vice President - Controller
Merle W. Eakins              48  Vice President - Sales
Andrew Cohan                 40  Vice President - Merchandising
John J. Raab                 59  Senior Vice President - Operations
Frank L. Guerriero           51  Vice President - Logistics
Stuart D. Slugh              40  Vice President - Engineering/After
                                 Sales Service
Elizabeth J. Calianese       37  Vice President - Human Resources
William A. Parks             56  Vice President - Home Products Division
Robert H. Brown, Jr. (2)(3)  42  Director
Peter G. Bunger(2)           54  Director
Jerome H. Farnum             59  Director
Raymond L. Steele (2)(3)     60  Director


_____________________________
(1)Member of Executive Committee
(2)Member of Audit Committee
(3)Member of Compensation and Personnel Committee


Geoffrey  P. Jurick has served as Director since September  1990,
Chief  Executive  Officer since July 7, 1992 and  Chairman  since
December 22, 1993.  Mr. Jurick served as President from July 1993
to  October  1994.  Since March 1990, he has been  President  and
Director of FIL.  Since December 1993, Mr. Jurick has served as a
Director  of  Fidenas International, and since May  1994,  as  an
officer  and general manager of Fidenas International  and  as  a
Director, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of GSE,  which  is
traded  on  the pink sheets of the over-the-counter market.   For
more  than the past five years, Mr. Jurick has held a variety  of
senior   executive  positions  with  several  of   the   entities
comprising  the  Fidenas  group of companies  ("Fidenas  Group"),
whose  activities encompass merchant banking, investment banking,
investment management and corporate development.

Eugene  I.  Davis  has  served as President since  October  1994,
Interim  Chief  Financial Officer since February 7,  1993  and  a
Director  since  September 1990.  Mr. Davis served  as  Executive
Vice President from July 7, 1992 to October 1994.  From June 1989
to July 1992, Mr. Davis was a shareholder and director of the law
firm  of  Holmes Millard & Duncan, P.C., in Dallas, Texas.   From
February 1988 to June 1989, he was a partner in the law  firm  of
Arter  & Hadden, P.C., in Dallas, Texas.  Since August 1992,  Mr.
Davis has served as a director of Tipperary Corporation, which is
traded  on  the American Stock Exchange, and, from October  1993,
until  January,  1995  he  was  a director  of  Crandall  Finance
Corporation,  which  is  traded  on  the  pink  sheets   of   the
over-the-counter  market.   From May 1995,  Mr.  Davis  has  also
served as Director of Beth Israel Health Care Services, a private
corporation.

John  P.  Walker has served as Senior Vice President since  April
1994.  Mr. Walker was Vice President - Finance from February 1993
to  April 1994, Assistant Vice President - Finance from June 1991
to  January  1993  and  Director  of  Financial  Management  from
September  1990  to  May  1991.  Prior thereto,  Mr.  Walker  was
Supervising Senior Accountant with KPMG - Peat Marwick.

Albert  G.  McGrath,  Jr.  has served as  Secretary  and  General
Counsel  since August 1992 and Senior Vice President  since  July
1993.   Prior  thereto, Mr. McGrath was a shareholder  of  Holmes
Millard  &  Duncan,  P.C., in Dallas, Texas,  from  January  1990
through August 1992.

Eddie Rishty has served as Vice President - Controller since July
1993 and was Corporate Controller from October 1991 to June 1993.
Prior  thereto,  Mr. Rishty was Assistant Controller  from  April
1989 to September 1991.

Merle  W. Eakins joined the Company as Vice President - Sales  in
July  1993.   Since  1976, Mr. Eakins was with  Philips  Consumer
Electronics  Company in a variety of positions, most recently  as
Vice President, National Accounts.

Andrew Cohan joined the Company in October 1994 as Vice President-
Merchandising.   Prior thereto, he was an independent  consultant
from  August 1993 until October 1994, and was employed as  Senior
Vice  President  -  Retail Stores for McCrory Stores  Corporation
from June 1992 to July 1993 and as Vice President - Retail Stores
for Ames Department Stores, Inc. from February 1984 to June 1992.
Prior  thereto and for more than the past five years,  Mr.  Cohan
was  employed  by Ames Department Stores, Inc. in  a  variety  of
positions.    Each  of  McCrory  Stores  Corporation   and   Ames
Department Stores, Inc. filed for relief under the United  States
Bankruptcy Code.

John J. Raab joined the Company in March 1995 as Vice President -
Far East Operations and become Senior Vice President - Operations
on  October 1, 1995.  Prior thereto, he was President  and  Chief
Operating Officer of Robeson Industries Corp. from March 1990  to
March  1995.  Robeson Industries Corp. has filed for relief under
the United States Bankruptcy Code.

Frank L. Guerriero has served as Vice President - Logistics since
September 1994.  Prior thereto, Mr. Guerriero was Assistant  Vice
President  -  Operations  and Logistics  from  April  1994  until
September  1994,  and  was  the Director  of  Transportation  and
Distribution for the Company from July 1981 until April 1994.

Stuart  D.  Slugh has served as Vice President - Engineering  and
After  Sales  Service since September 1994.  Prior  thereto,  Mr.
Slugh  was Assistant Vice President - Engineering and After Sales
Service from April 1994 until September 1994, and was Director of
Technical  Sales  Services for the Company from  May  1993  until
April 1994.  Prior thereto and for more than the past five years,
Mr. Slugh was National Parts Manager for the Company.

Elizabeth  J.  Calianese  has served as Vice  President  -  Human
Resources  since May 1995.  Since April 1991, Ms.  Calianese  has
served  as  Assistant General Counsel.  Prior thereto, from  June
1989  until  March  1991, Ms. Calianese was a corporate  attorney
with the Company.

William  A.  Parks has served as Vice President -  Home  Products
Division  since  August 1995.  Since 1991,  Mr.  Parks  has  been
President  of  William  A.  Parks &  Assoc.,  Inc.  a  sales  and
marketing  consulting  firm  based in  Newport,  North  Carolina.
Prior  thereto, Mr. Parks served as President of Hamilton  Beach,
Inc. in Washington, North Carolina.

Robert  H.  Brown, Jr. has been a Director since  July  7,  1992.
Since  February  1994, he has been Executive  Vice  President  of
Capital Markets of Rauscher Pierce Refsnes, Inc. ("Rauscher")  in
Dallas, Texas.  From January 1990 until February 1994, Mr.  Brown
was  Senior Vice President and Director of the Corporate  Finance
Department of Rauscher.  Since May 1993, Mr. Brown has served  as
a  director  of  Stevens Graphics Corp., which is traded  on  the
American Stock Exchange.

Peter  G.  Bunger has been a Director since July 7, 1992.   Since
October  1992, Mr. Bunger has served as Director of Savarina  AG,
engaged  in  the business of portfolio management  monitoring  in
Zurich,  Switzerland  and since 1992,  as  director  of  ISCS,  a
computer  software  company.  From December 1991  until  December
1993,  he  was  Vice Chairman of Montcour Bank and Trust  Company
Limited,  a  bank  organized in the Bahamas and an  affiliate  of
Fidenas  International.  Montcour Bank and Trust Company  Limited
is  the  subject  of liquidation proceedings in Nassau,  Bahamas.
From  1981 until 1992, Mr. Bunger was owner and Managing Director
of   Peter   G.  Bunger  Investment  Consulting,  a  firm   which
supervises, controls, and analyzes investments for individuals.

Jerome  H. Farnum has been a Director since July 7, 1992.   Since
July  1994, Mr. Farnum has been an independent consultant.   From
1979  until  1994, Mr. Farnum served as a senior  executive  with
several  of the entities comprising the Fidenas Group, in  charge
of  legal  and  tax  affairs, accounting,  asset  and  investment
management, foreign exchange relations and financial affairs.

Raymond  L. Steele has been a Director since July 7,  1992.   Mr.
Steele  has been retired since September 1993.  From August  1990
until  September  1993,  Mr.  Steele  served  as  Executive  Vice
President  of  Pacholder Associates, Inc.,  a  company  providing
investment  management and other financial advisory  services  to
institutional clients.  Mr. Steele is a member of  the  Board  of
Directors  of Orion Pictures Corporation, whose common  stock  is
traded  on NASDAQ, and Pharmhouse, Inc., a publicly-traded retail
drug chain.

      The  terms of the Debentures require that, for their  term,
the Company shall cause one-third of the Board of Directors to be
comprised   of   independent  directors.   Certain   actions   in
connection  with  the  potential  settlement  of  the  litigation
described  in  "Legal Proceedings - Litigation Regarding  Certain
Outstanding  Common  Stock" will require the  approval  of  three
members  of  the  Board of Directors, including  the  independent
Board  members  and  Mr. Eugene I. Davis.   See  "Description  of
Debentures."   The terms of the Series A Preferred Stock  provide
that the holders shall have the right to appoint two directors to
the  Company's Board of Directors if dividends are in default for
six quarters.  See "Description of Other Securities."

Director Compensation

      Independent directors are entitled to an annual retainer of
$20,000.    Committee  chairmen  who  are  independent  directors
receive  an  annual retainer of $10,000.  Each of  the  Company's
current  independent  directors  received  cash  compensation  of
$20,000  (excluding  the  Committee Chairmen  who  each  received
$27,500)  in  connection with serving on the Company's  Board  of
Directors during the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995.  Directors
who  are officers or employees of the Company are not compensated
for  serving as directors or for attending meetings.  The Company
maintains directors and officers liability insurance policies  it
deems satisfactory for such purposes.

          EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AND OTHER INFORMATION

Compensation of Executive Officers

      The discussion that follows has been prepared based on  the
actual compensation paid and benefits provided by the Company and
its  subsidiaries to those persons who were, at March  31,  1995,
the  Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") of the Company and the other
four  most  highly compensated executive officers of the  Company
("Named  Executives") for the periods indicated.  This historical
data  is  not  necessarily  indicative of  the  compensation  and
benefits that may be provided to such persons in the future.

     Three Year Compensation Summary

      The following table summarizes for the years indicated  the
compensation  awarded  to,  earned  by  or  paid  to  the   Named
Executives  for  services  rendered  in  all  capacities  to  the
Company:

<TABLE>

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

       Annual Compensation                                          Long-Term Compensation
                                                                        Awards             Payouts
                        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>               <C>           <C>          <C>
                                                        OTHER                                                   ALL
                                                        ANNUAL                       SECURITIES                 OTHER
<S>                      FISCAL                         COMPENS-   RESTRICTED        UNDERLYING    LTIP         COMPENS-
Name and Principal       YEAR      SALARY    BONUS      ATION      STOCK AWARDS      OPTIONS       PAYOUTS      ATION
Position(s)                                                 
                                              (3)       (1)                           (6)                        (4)
GEOFFREY P. JURICK       1995      $378,333  $275,000  $ 78,702         -              600,000        -          $311
JURICK CHAIRMAN OF       1994       250,000   195,000       -           -                 -           -             -
THE BOARD AND            1993       187,500      -        5,589         -                 -           -
CHIEF  EXECUTIVE
OFFICER (2)(5)
                                                         
EUGENE I. DAVIS          1995       360,000   175,000   102,024         -              600,000        -          6,986
PRESIDENT AND            1994       360,000   150,000   102,385         -                 -           -          5,524
INTERIM CHIEF            1993       261,692   161,290   172,281         -                 -           -          5,473
FINANCIAL OFFICER 
(2) (5)                                                            
                                                                   
ALBERT G.MCGRATH, JR.    1995       175,000    75,000    19,958         -              200,000        -          5,451
JR. SENIOR VICE          1994       175,000   100,000    18,462         -                 -           -          4,671
PRESIDENT,SECRETARY AND  1993       107,693    29,166    21,273         -                 -           -             -
GENERAL COUNSEL (5)
                                                                   
MERLE W. EAKINS          1995       193,077    40,000   89,185         -               40,000         -          5,950
VICE PRESIDENT-          1994       130,577    40,000   45,870         -                  -           -            621
SALES (5)        
                                                                   
JOHN P. WALKER           1995       110,000    75,000   20,420         -              200,000         -          3,841
SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT    1994       110,000   100,000    9,483         -                  -           -          1,918  
FINANCE                  1993        96,625    18,000      700         -                  -           -          2,406 

</TABLE>
(1)  Consists of  (i) car allowance and auto expenses afforded to
     the listed Company executive officers, including $26,947 and
     $17,277  paid to Messrs. Davis and Walker, respectively,  in
     Fiscal  1995, (ii) tax preparation services provided to  Mr.
     Davis,  (iii) expenses paid by the Company on behalf of  Mr.
     Davis, covering his club membership, and (iv) relocation and
     temporary  lodging expenses and associated tax gross-ups  in
     the  amount  of $73,394, $0 and $0 for Mr. Jurick,  $43,002,
     $64,643  and $132,270 for Mr. Davis, $0, $9,137 and  $16,249
     for Mr. McGrath, and $80,784 and $39,570 for Mr. Eakins paid
     by  the Company in Fiscal 1995 and 1994, respectively.   See
     "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

(2)  Does  not include Director's fees of $5,000 received by each
     of  Messrs. Jurick and Davis prior to becoming officers  for
     Fiscal 1993.

(3)  In  the  case  of  Messrs.  Davis and  McGrath  consists  of
     one-time  bonus payments upon joining the Company in  Fiscal
     1993.

(4)  Consists  of  the  Company's  contribution  to  its   401(k)
     employee   savings  plan,  life  insurance  and,  disability
     insurance.

(5)  Messrs.  Jurick and Davis became executive officers  of  the
     Company  in  July  1992,  Mr. McGrath  became  an  executive
     officer of the Company in August 1992 and Mr. Eakins  became
     an executive officer of the Company in July 1993.

(6)  In  July 1994, the Company granted stock options to purchase
     600,000,  600,000,  200,000, 200,000 and  30,000  shares  of
     Common  Stock  to  each of Messrs. Jurick,  Davis,  McGrath,
     Walker  and Eakins respectively, exercisable at an  exercise
     price  of  $1  per share (except $1.10 in the  case  of  Mr.
     Jurick).   In  September  1994, Mr. Eakins  was  granted  an
     additional option to purchase 10,000 shares of common  stock
     at  an exercise price of $1 per share.  The options vest  in
     annual increments of one-third, commencing one year from the
     date of grant, and their exercise is contingent on continued
     employment with the Company.

     Stock Options

      The  following table sets forth information  regarding  the
grant  of stock options during Fiscal 1995 to the Named Executive
Officers:

<TABLE>
                       OPTION GRANTS IN FISCAL 1995
                                                                             <C>
                                                                             Potential Realizable
                                                                             Value at Assumed       
                                                                             Annual Rates of Stock
                                                                             Price Appreciation 
<S>                                                                          for Option Term(2)                                 
Individual Grants               % of Totals                        
                       <C>           <C>                <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>
                       Number        Options Granted    Exercise                
                       of Options    to Employees       Price Per     Expiration
Name                   Granted       in Fiscal 1995     Share         Date(1)     5%          10%     
                                                                                  
                

GEOFFREY P. JURICK     600,000           32%              $1.10       7/7/04      $317,337    $896,245
EUGENE I. DAVIS        600,000           32%              $1.00       7/7/04      $377,337    $956,245
ALBERT G. MCGRATH      200,000           11%              $1.00       7/7/04      $125,779    $318,748
JOHN P. WALKER         200,000           11%              $1.00       7/7/04      $125,779    $318,748
MERLE W. EAKINS         30,000            2%              $1.00       7/7/04      $ 18,867    $ 47,812
                        10,000            1%              $1.00       9/6/04      $  6,289    $ 15,937

</TABLE>
(1) The  options  were issued under the 1994 Stock  Compensation
    Program,  and are exercisable commencing one year after  the
    grant  date  in three equal annual installments,  with  full
    vesting  occurring on the third anniversary of the  date  of
    the grant.

(2) The  dollar  amounts under these columns are  the  result  of
    calculations  at  the assumed compounded market  appreciation
    rates  of  5%  and  10%  as required by  the  Securities  and
    Exchange  Commission over a ten-year term and therefore,  are
    not  intended  to  forecast possible future appreciation,  if
    any, of the stock price.

    Option Exercises And Holdings

      The following table sets forth information with respect  to
the  Named Executive Officers concerning the exercise of  options
during  Fiscal  1995 and unexercised options held  at  March  31,
1995:

                 OPTION EXERCISES IN FISCAL 1995
                AND MARCH 31, 1995 OPTION VALUES

                                         Number of        Value of Unexercised
                                        Unexercised           In-the-Money
                 Number of               Options at            Options at
                 Shares                 March 31, 1995        March 31, 1995
                 Acquired on  Value     Exercisable           Exercisable/
    Name         Exercise    Realized   Unexercisable        Unexercisable(1)
              
        
                                                    
GEOFFREY P. JURICK   0           $-      0/600,000            $0/$1,215,000
EUGENE I. DAVIS      0           $-      0/600,000            $0/$1,275,000
ALBERT G. MCGRATH    0           $-      0/200,000            $0/$  425,000
JOHN P. WALKER       0           $-      0/200,000            $0/$  425,000
MERLE W. EAKINS      0           $-      0/ 40,000            $0/$   85,000

                                                    
(1)   Calculated  based on the difference between  the  aggregate
      fair  market value of the shares  subject to options at  March
      31, 1995 and the aggregate option exercise price.

Certain Employment Contracts

      On  August 13, 1992, the Board of Directors of the  Company
approved  the  Employment Agreements of certain of the  Company's
senior  management,  including certain of the  senior  management
included  in  the  table set forth above.  A description  of  the
material  terms of such employment agreements, each of  which  is
effective  as  of  July 7, 1992 (unless stated to  the  contrary)
follows.

      Geoffrey P. Jurick, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
the   Company,  entered  into  five  year  employment  agreements
("Jurick Employment Agreements") with the Company and two of  its
wholly-owned subsidiaries, Emerson Radio (Hong Kong), Limited and
Emerson   Radio   International  Ltd.  (formerly  Emerson   Radio
(B.V.I.),  Ltd.)  (hereinafter,  collectively  the  "Companies"),
providing for an aggregate annual compensation of $250,000, which
was  increased to $390,000 in May 1994 and to $490,000  effective
April  1,  1995.  In addition to his base salary, Mr.  Jurick  is
entitled   to  an  annual  bonus  upon  recommendation   by   the
Compensation  and Personnel Committee of the Company's  Board  of
Directors,  subject to the final approval of the Company's  Board
of Directors.

     Subject to certain conditions, each of the Jurick Employment
Agreements  grants  to  Mr.  Jurick severance  benefits,  through
expiration  of  the respective terms of each of such  agreements,
commensurate with Mr. Jurick's base salary, in the event that his
employment  with  the  Companies  terminates  due  to   permanent
disability,   without  cause  or  as  a  result  of  constructive
discharge  (as defined therein).  In the event that Mr.  Jurick's
employment  with the Companies terminates due to termination  for
"cause,"   because   Mr.  Jurick  unilaterally   terminates   the
agreements  or for reasons other than constructive  discharge  or
permanent disability, Mr. Jurick shall only be entitled  to  base
salary   earned  through  the  applicable  date  of  termination.
Similar  provisions  are  set forth  in  each  of  the  contracts
described below.

      Eugene  I.  Davis,  President and Interim  Chief  Financial
Officer  entered  into a five year Employment  Agreement  ("Davis
Employment Agreement") with the Company providing for  an  annual
compensation  of  $360,000,  which  was  increased  to   $450,000
effective  April  1, 1995.  In addition to his base  salary,  Mr.
Davis is entitled to an annual bonus equal to an amount up to 30%
of  Mr.  Davis' base salary, based upon attainment of  objectives
identified  in  the Company's five-year business plan  ("Business
Plan").   Mr.  Davis  may  also  receive  an  additional   annual
performance  bonus  to  be recommended by  the  Compensation  and
Personnel Committee of the Company's Board of Directors,  subject
to the final approval of the Company's Board of Directors.

      Pursuant  to  the Davis Employment Agreement,  the  Company
granted  to  Mr.  Davis an option to purchase 500,000  shares  of
Common Stock.  Such option was cancelled pursuant to the Plan  of
Reorganization;  however,  the Company subsequently  granted  Mr.
Davis  options to purchase 600,000 shares of Common  Stock.   The
Company  has  also  agreed for the term of the  Davis  Employment
Agreement  and  three years thereafter, to pay for  and  maintain
legal  malpractice insurance covering Mr. Davis  for  occurrences
and  actions taken by him at any time prior to or during the term
of  such agreement on behalf of the Company or its employees. The
Company  has also agreed to pay all sums which may be  deductible
amounts not otherwise paid by such insurer.

      Upon  execution  of  the  Davis Employment  Agreement,  the
Company  provided Mr. Davis with a one-time lump sum  payment  of
$100,000,   which   figure  is  net  of  applicable   taxes   and
withholdings.   In connection with Mr. Davis' relocation  to  New
Jersey,  the  Company  assumed certain  relocation  expenses  and
associated   tax  gross-ups  on  Mr.  Davis'  behalf  aggregating
$239,915.  See "Summary Compensation Table."

      Albert  G.  McGrath,  Jr.,  General  Counsel,  Senior  Vice
President  and  Secretary, entered into  a  five-year  Employment
Agreement  ("McGrath  Employment  Agreement")  with  the  Company
providing  for  an  annual compensation of  $175,000,  which  was
increased  to $210,000 effective April 1, 1995.  In  addition  to
his base salary, Mr. McGrath is entitled to an annual performance
bonus  to  be  recommended  by  the  Compensation  and  Personnel
Committee  of  the Company's Board of Directors, subject  to  the
final approval of the Company's Board of Directors.

      Upon  execution  of the McGrath Employment  Agreement,  the
Company provided Mr. McGrath with a one-time lump sum payment  of
$29,166,   which   figure   is  before   applicable   taxes   and
withholdings.  In connection with Mr. McGrath's relocation to New
Jersey,  the  Company assumed relocation expenses and  associated
tax  gross-ups on Mr. McGrath's behalf aggregating $25,386.   See
"Summary Compensation Table."

     Merle W. Eakins, Vice President-Sales, entered into a three-
year  employment  agreement with the  Company  providing  for  an
annual  compensation of $175,000; which was increased to $195,000
effective  May  1,  1994.  In addition to his  base  salary,  Mr.
Eakins  is entitled to an annual bonus equal to an amount  up  to
30%  of  Mr.  Eakins' base salary, upon attainment of  objectives
identified  by  the Board of Directors.  In connection  with  Mr.
Eakins'  employment in New Jersey, the Company assumed relocation
expenses  and  associated tax gross-ups  on  Mr.  Eakins'  behalf
aggregating $120,354.  See "Summary Compensation Table."

      John P. Walker, Senior Vice President-Finance, entered into
a  three-year employment agreement with the Company providing for
an  annual  compensation  of $110,000,  which  was  increased  to
$165,000  effective  April 1, 1995.  In additional  to  his  base
salary,  Mr.  Walker is entitled to an annual bonus equal  to  an
amount up to 30% of Mr. Walker's base salary; upon attainment  of
objectives identified by the Executive Committee.  Mr. Walker may
also  receive  an  additional  annual  performance  bonus  to  be
recommended  by the Compensation and Personnel Committee  of  the
Company's  Board of Directors, subject to the final  approval  of
the Company's Board of Directors.

     In the event that Messrs. Jurick, Davis, McGrath, Eakins and
Walker were to be terminated due to permanent disability, without
cause  or  as  a result of constructive discharge, the  estimated
dollar  amount  to  be paid after March 31,  1995  to  each  such
individual,  based  on  the terms of their respective  contracts,
would be $1,112,000, $1,021,000, $501,000, $263,000 and $330,000,
respectively.

Emerson Employee Savings Plan

      The Emerson Radio Corp. Employee Savings Plan (the "Savings
Plan")  is a defined contribution plan intended to qualify  under
Sections  401(a) and 401(k) of the Code.  Generally, a  full-time
salaried  employee who has completed three months of service  may
elect to make basic contributions to the Savings Plan of up to 6%
of  his  or her compensation, commencing on the first day of  the
Savings Plan year or the seventh month of such year subsequent to
satisfying such eligibility requirement.  These contributions are
partially matched by the Company.  In addition, the employee  may
elect  to  contribute  up  to an additional  4%  of  his  or  her
compensation  (for  a total of 10%), which  amount  will  not  be
matched by the Company.  All employee contributions (plus related
earnings  and  increased  value)  are  100%  vested.   Generally,
Company  contributions become 50% vested after  an  employee  has
satisfied one year of service and 100% vested after two years  of
service.  If the employee's employment terminates for any reason,
the  employee's total vested plan account will be distributed  to
him  or  her within a reasonable period of time after termination
of  employment.  If any nonvested account balance  is  forfeited,
the  nonvested  amount of any forfeiture remains in  the  Savings
Plan to be used as Company contributions. The amounts credited to
individual  accounts are invested by the Savings Plan trustee  as
directed by Savings Plan participants, and any gain or loss  from
investments  is  credited to, or charged against, the  individual
account of each participant.

Stock Plans

      In July 1994, the Company's Board of Directors adopted, and
the  stockholders  subsequently ratified,  a  Stock  Compensation
Program  ("Program") intended to secure for the Company  and  its
stockholders the benefits arising from ownership of the Company's
Common  Stock  by those selected directors, officers,  other  key
employees, advisors and consultants of the Company who  are  most
responsible  for  the Company's success and future  growth.   The
maximum  aggregate  number of shares of  Common  Stock  available
pursuant  to the Program is 2,000,000 shares and the  Program  is
comprised  of  4  parts -- the Incentive Stock Option  Plan,  the
Supplemental  Stock  Option Plan, the Stock  Appreciation  Rights
Plan  and  the Stock Bonus Plan.  The Program is administered  by
the  Company's Compensation and Personnel Committee.  Each of the
Plans provides for vesting of grants or awards in equal thirds on
the   first   three   anniversaries  after  grant,   unless   the
Compensation and Personnel Committee otherwise provides, and that
the  term  of options granted thereunder may not exceed ten  (10)
years.   The  Program also provides that the  purchase  price  of
stock  options granted under the Program shall not be  less  than
the  fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of  grant,
except  that the purchase price with respect to an option granted
to  a  holder  of  at  least  10% of  the  Company's  outstanding
securities  must  be equal to at least 110% of  the  fair  market
value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.

      In  July  1994  the  Company's Compensation  and  Personnel
Committee  granted options to purchase an aggregate of  1,630,000
shares  of  Common  Stock  to  Messrs.  Jurick  (600,000),  Davis
(600,000),   McGrath  (200,000),  Walker  (200,000)  and   Eakins
(30,000).  The options granted to Messrs. Davis, McGrath,  Walker
and  Eakins are all exercisable at $1.00 a share and the  options
granted  to  Mr. Jurick are exercisable at $1.10  a  share.   The
Compensation and Personnel Committee subsequently granted options
to  purchase  an aggregate of 170,000 shares of Common  Stock  to
various  employees,  each exercisable  at  $1.00  per  share,  in
September 1994 and also granted an aggregate of 60,000 options to
various  employees,  each exercisable  at  $1.00  per  share,  in
October  1994,  for  an aggregate of options  on  230,000  shares
(143,333 net of cancellations).

      In  October 1994, the Company's Board of Directors adopted,
subject  to stockholder approval, the 1994 Non-Employee  Director
Stock  Option  Plan.   The  Committee  authorized  and  appointed
pursuant  to such plan, consisting of Messrs. Jurick  and  Davis,
has  granted  options to purchase an aggregate of 175,000  shares
(150,000  net  of cancellations) of Common Stock to certain  non-
employee  directors of the Company at an exercise price of  $1.00
per  share.   The  maximum aggregate number of shares  of  Common
Stock  available under such plan is 300,000.  Each option granted
provides  for  vesting  in  equal  thirds  on  the  first   three
anniversaries after the date of grant and has a term of ten  (10)
years.
                     PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

      The  table below sets forth as of October 18, 1995, certain
information regarding the beneficial ownership of Common Stock by
each  person or entity known by the Company to be the  beneficial
owner  of more than five percent of the outstanding Common Stock,
by each director of the Company and by all officers and directors
as a group:

      
        Name and Address of            Amount and              
          Beneficial Owner             Nature of     Percent    Percent of
                                       Beneficial       of      Class as 
                                       Ownership(3)    Class     Adjusted(6)
                                                         
 Geoffrey P. Jurick(1)(5)               29,352,642     72.6%        64.3%
  Nine Entin Road                                  
  Parsippany, NJ 07054                             
                                                         
Fidenas International Limited, LLC(2)   29,152,542     72.4%        64.1%
  831 Route 10
  Suite 38, #113
  Whippany, NJ   07981
                                                         
Elision International, Inc.(4)           1,600,000      4.0%         3.5%
  275 Wyman Street                                 
  Waltham, MA  02154                               
                                                         
GSE Multimedia                          12,000,000     29.8%        26.4%
  Technologies Corporation(4)                           
  Kostheimer Landstrasse36                  
  Germany D6502                                    
                                                         
  Eugene I. Davis(5)                       290,000       (7)          (7)
  Robert H. Brown, Jr.(8)                   16,667       (7)          (7)
  Peter G. Bunger(9)                         8,333       (7)          (7)
  Jerome Farnum(9)                           8,333       (7)          (7)
  Raymond L. Steele(8)                      16,667       (7)          (7)
  All Directors and                     29,872,642      73.1%       64.8%
  Officers as a Group(16
      persons) (10)(11)


_______________
(1)  Consists  of  15,552,542, 1,600,000 and 12,000,000  shares  of
     Common  Stock held by Fidenas International, Elision and  GSE,
     respectively.  Fidenas  International  is   recordholder   of
     847,458  shares of Common Stock and formerly held such  shares
     as  nominee.  The nominee relationship has been terminated and
     Fidenas  International  and  Mr.  Jurick  disclaim  beneficial
     ownership  of  such shares.  All of such shares, except  those
     for  which  Fidenas International holds as  nominee,  are
     subject   to   certain  lockup  agreements.   See   "Plan   of
     Distribution  -  Certain Restrictions on  Officers,  Directors
     and   Certain  Stockholders."   Mr.  Jurick  indirectly  owns,
     through  a  controlled holding company, approximately  95%  of
     Fidenas  International.   In  addition,  Mr.  Jurick  is   the
     manager of Fidenas International.  Fidenas International  owns
     approximately  14.3% of Elision. Mr. Jurick  indirectly  owns,
     through certain holding companies and beneficial interests  in
     affiliates,  a  controlling  interest  in  each  of  GSE   and
     Elision.   The  shares of Common Stock issued to GSE,  Fidenas
     International   and   Elision   in   connection    with    the
     Restructuring are the subject of certain legal proceedings  in
     the  Commonwealth  of the Bahamas and the United  States.   In
     connection  with settlement negotiations related thereto,  the
     Company   has   been  advised  that  the   parties   to   such
     negotiations may desire a portion of these shares to  be  sold
     in  furtherance  of  a  settlement of  such  litigation.   See
     "Legal  Proceedings - Litigation Regarding Certain Outstanding
     Common Stock".

(2)  Includes  12,000,000 shares of Common Stock owned by  GSE  and
     1,600,000  shares  of Common Stock owned by Elision.   Fidenas
     International,  GSE  and Elision may be  deemed  to  be  under
     common  control.   Does  not include 847,458  shares  held  by
     Fidenas  International,  as  record  holder  pursuant   to   a
     subsequently  terminated  nominee relationship,  as  to  which
     Fidenas International disclaims beneficial ownership.

(3)  Based  on 40,252,772 shares of Common Stock outstanding as  of
     October  18, 1995 plus shares of Common Stock under option  of
     any  director  or  executive officer,  exercisable  within  60
     days.   Does  not include (i) shares of Common Stock  issuable
     upon  conversion of 10,000 shares of Series A Preferred  Stock
     (ii)  Common  Stock issuable upon exercise of  the  Creditor's
     Warrants  (iii) Common Stock issuable upon conversion  of  the
     Debentures;  (iv)  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of
     outstanding  options,  which  are  not  currently  exercisable
     within  60  days; or (v) shares of Common Stock issuable  upon
     exercise  of warrants granted to the Placement Agent  and  its
     authorized  dealers in connection with the  private  placement
     of the Debentures.

(4)  A  petition  for the winding-up of Fidenas International  Bank
     Limited, a holder of 18% of the shares of Elision and  11%  of
     the   shares  of  GSE,  was  filed  by  the  majority  of  the
     shareholders  of the bank in the Commonwealth  of  Bahamas  on
     July 29, 1994.

(5)  Includes  options  exercisable  within  60  days  to  purchase
     200,000  shares of Common Stock.  Does not include options  to
     purchase  an aggregate of 400,000 shares of Common  Stock  not
     currently exercisable.

(6)  Assumes  conversion  of  all $20,750,000  aggregate  principal
     amount  of  Debentures  at  the initial  Conversion  Price  of
     $3.9875 per share into 5,203,761 shares of Common Stock.

(7)  Represents less than 1% of the outstanding Common Stock.

(8)  Includes  options  exercisable  within  60  days  to  purchase
     16,667  shares of Common Stock.  Does not include  options  to
     purchase  an  aggregate of 33,333 shares of Common  Stock  not
     currently exercisable.

(9)  Includes options exercisable within 60 days to purchase  8,333
     shares  of Common Stock.  Does not include options to purchase
     an  aggregate  of 16,667 shares of Common Stock not  currently
     exercisable.

(10) Includes  630,000  shares of  Common  Stock  subject  to
     unexercised  stock  options which were exercisable  within  60
     days under the Company's Stock Compensation Program.

(11) Does  not  include options to purchase an  aggregate  of
     1,260,000  shares  of  Common Stock not currently  exercisable
     within 60 days.

            CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS


Plan of Reorganization

     Debtor-in-Possession Financing

      During  the  pendency of the Company's  Restructuring,  the
Company obtained Debtor-in-Possession financing ("DIP Financing")
from its present secured lender.  Fidenas Investment Limited,  of
which  Mr. Jurick is President and a director, which is  also  an
affiliate of Fidenas International, guaranteed payment of the DIP
Financing.   In April 1994, in connection with the DIP Financing,
the  Company paid (i) $187,000 as a cumulative credit enhancement
fee  which  accrued commencing October 1, 1993 and (ii)  $208,000
for reimbursement of various legal, accounting and filing fees at
the  direction of the President of Fidenas Investment Limited  to
its designee.

     Capital Infusion at Confirmation of the Plan

      To  fund the Plan of Reorganization, Fidenas International,
Elision  and  GSE  provided  to  the  Company  an  aggregate   of
approximately  $30 million, for which they collectively  received
30 million shares of Common Stock.  See "Principal Stockholders."
Certain  of  the  officers  and  directors  of  the  Company  are
affiliated  with  Fidenas International, Elision  and  GSE.   See
"Management."   In   connection  with   the   capital   infusion,
reimbursements  of  $568,000 for various  legal,  accounting  and
filing  fees  were  paid at the direction  of  the  President  of
Fidenas International to its designee.

Other Transactions

      The law firm of Lowenstein, Sandler, Kohl, Fisher & Boylan,
P.A., was retained as the Company's outside counsel following the
settlement  of  a  proxy  contest conducted  in  1992.   Payments
aggregating approximately $1,070,000 were made by the Company for
Fiscal  1994.   The firm was retained by the Company  as  special
corporate  counsel  during  the  Restructuring  proceedings   and
received  payment  for  services rendered and  expenses  incurred
during  such proceedings.  In addition, the firm provides ongoing
services  for the Company, including representing the Company  in
this  Offering.   The  firm received approximately  $182,000  and
$737,000  during the three months ended June 30, 1995 and  Fiscal
1995, respectively.  A brother of Mr. Davis joined such law  firm
subsequent to its retention by the Company and serves of  counsel
to such law firm.

      In  connection  with  the  execution  of  their  respective
employment  agreements with the Company, each of  Messrs.  Martin
Holleran  (a  former  officer of the Company),  Davis,  and  Alex
Wijnen (a former officer of the Company) agreed to relocate their
respective  residences to the general locality of  the  Company's
principal  executive offices.  To assist in such  relocation,  in
the  fiscal  year ended March 31, 1993, the Company  provided  to
Messrs. Holleran, Davis and Wijnen interest-free bridge loans  of
$140,000,  $120,000  and $130,000, respectively.   In  connection
with  the  resignations of Messrs. Holleran and Wijnen  from  the
Company,  and  the  settlement of claims under  their  respective
employment  contracts, Mr. Holleran's obligation  to  repay  such
loans was discharged and Mr. Wijnen's loan will be repaid through
consulting  services to be rendered in calendar year  1995.   The
maturity date of Mr. Davis' loan has been extended and is due  in
the fiscal year ending March 31, 1996.

     Mr. Pablo Bunger, the brother of Peter Bunger, a director of
the  Company, was the Managing Director of the Company's  Spanish
branch.   Pursuant  to  a  consulting  arrangement,  Mr.   Bunger
received  compensation and reimbursement of expenses  aggregating
$23,000 and $118,000 in the three months ended June 30, 1995  and
Fiscal  1995,  respectively.  The Company  will  be  closing  the
Spanish branch and has assigned the exclusive distribution rights
for  Emerson brand products in Spain to a corporation  controlled
by  Mr.  Pablo Bunger, though the Company has sent notice of  its
intention to terminate the distribution relationship.

      The  Company is in the process of reorganizing its Canadian
operations.   In  connection with such reorganization,  Emerson's
Canadian subsidiary has entered into a series of agreements  with
Tammy  Venator, doing business as Venator Electronics  Sales  and
Service  Ltd. ("Venator").  Ms. Venator is the daughter  of  Theo
Heuthorst, former President of Emerson's Canadian subsidiary, and
she was formerly the National Service Manager of such subsidiary.
Effective  April  1, 1995, Emerson's Canadian subsidiary  entered
into several three-year agreements with Venator providing for (i)
Venator  receiving  returned products,  (ii)  Venator  purchasing
returned products on an "as-is" basis for refurbishing and resale
by Venator, (iii) Venator processing warranty claims submitted by
service  centers  authorized to engage  in  warranty  service  of
Emerson products sold in Canada, (iv) Venator distributing  parts
to  customers and service centers for Emerson products, which  it
will purchase from the Company's Canadian subsidiary at a premium
over  their  costs,  and  (v) Venator  maintaining  an  effective
service  center network to accommodate all customers of Emerson's
Canadian  subsidiary, maintaining a factory service  center,  and
maintaining  a  parts  distribution center, and  providing  other
after  sale services.  The Company was billed $8,323 for services
provided  with  respect to the above-mentioned agreements  during
the  three months ended June 30, 1995.  In addition, the  Company
billed  Venator  approximately $24,000 for spare parts  purchases
over the same period.  The Company was owed approximately $24,000
for   these  purchases  as  of  June  30,  1995.   Through  these
agreements,  the Company believes it will be able to  reduce  its
costs  of  operations  in  Canada, while maintaining  its  market
presence in Canada.  The Company believes that the terms on which
it  has entered into the agreements with Venator described  above
are  no  less  favorable than could have been  obtained  from  an
unrelated third party.

      In the three months ended June 30, 1995 and in Fiscal 1995,
the  Company  sold  finished goods and spare  parts  to  GSE  for
$114,000  and $341,000, respectively, on terms no more  favorable
than  those  available to third parties.  The  Company  was  owed
$277,000 for these purchases as of June 30, 1995.

      Rauscher was retained by the Company, for a fee of $20,000,
to  make  offers  in connection with the public offering  of  the
Company's  Common Stock authorized by the Plan of  Reorganization
in  those states requiring that all sales in such states be  made
through broker/dealers.  Robert H. Brown, Jr., a Director of  the
Company,  is  Executive  Vice President  of  Capital  Markets  of
Rauscher.  See "Management."

      At March 31, 1994, Emerson Radio (Hong Kong) Ltd., a wholly
owned  subsidiary of the Company, had $1 million on deposit  with
Fidenas  International Bank Limited.  The  deposit  was  returned
shortly after March 31, 1994.

      In October 1994 and February 1995, the Company employed two
professional  advisers  of Mr. Jurick and certain  entities  with
which Mr. Jurick is affiliated or associated.  One individual was
paid $29,615 and $52,885 by the Company in the three months ended
June 30, 1995 and Fiscal 1995, respectively, as well as receiving
automobile benefits and related expenses in the amount of  $1,256
and  $3,027, respectively.  The other individual was paid $20,865
and  $6,856  by the Company for the three months ended  June  30,
1995   and  Fiscal  1995,  respectively,  as  well  as  receiving
automobile   benefits  in  the  amount  of   $897   and   $1,295,
respectively.  The services of one individual were terminated  as
of  July  31, 1995 and the other will continue to be employed  by
the  Company until September 22, 1995 and to receive the benefits
described  herein  until  such date.   In  addition  to  services
rendered  to the Company, each of the individuals, while employed
by  the  Company, devoted substantial amounts of time to services
for  Mr.  Jurick and his associated or affiliated  entities,  and
consequently,  Mr.  Jurick may be deemed to receive  an  indirect
benefit  from the payment by the Company of the salary and  other
expenses of these two individuals.

     Peter G. Bunger, a Director of the Company, has been engaged
as  a consultant to two foreign subsidiaries of the Company.  The
agreements,  effective  as  of  October  1,  1994,  provide   for
aggregate  annual  compensation of $140,000, have  terms  of  two
years  and  authorize  reimbursement for  reasonable  travel  and
business  expenses.   Mr.  Bunger has  agreed  to  terminate  the
agreements as of September 30, 1995.

      Emerson Radio (Hong Kong) Ltd. retained Roger Vickery as  a
consultant for a period of five months during Fiscal  1995.   Mr.
Vickery,  formerly a director of certain entities with which  Mr.
Jurick  was  affiliated  or  associated,  received  $70,000   for
services  rendered and $75,841 was paid for expenses incurred  in
connection with such services.

      In Fiscal 1995, the Company paid Elision the sum of $34,275
for  consulting  services with respect to management  information
services.   Elision owns 1,600,000 shares of Common  Stock.   Mr.
Jurick indirectly owns a controlling interest in Elision.

     In May 1995, the Company and Elision organized Merchandising
Information  Systems, L.L.C. ("MIS"), with equal  ownership,  for
the  purpose  of conducting a feasibility study to determine  the
marketability  of certain of Emerson's software applications  and
know-how  associated  therewith through Elision's  communications
and   marketing   services,   to  provide   an   on-line   bureau
administration  service  for sourcing  and  distribution  in  the
consumer  electronics industry.  Initially, each of  Emerson  and
Elision has contributed $22,500 to MIS for purposes of conducting
such  study.  Further financing from each of Emerson and  Elision
will  be  necessary if they determine to pursue the marketing  of
such  technology.  The President of Elision will initially  serve
as  the  President  and  Manager of MIS,  and  two  of  Emerson's
employees will also serve as officers of MIS.

      The Company has adopted a policy that all future affiliated
transactions and loans will be made or entered into on  terms  no
less  favorable  to the Company than those that can  be  obtained
from   unaffiliated  third  parties.   In  addition,  all  future
affiliated transactions and loans, and any forgiveness of  loans,
must be approved by a majority of the independent outside members
of  the  Company's Board of Directors who do not have an interest
in the transactions.  Certain restrictions have also been imposed
on  transactions  between the Company and its affiliates  in  the
Indenture for the Debentures.  See "Description of Debentures."

                   DESCRIPTION OF DEBENTURES

General

           The  Debentures  were issued under an  Indenture  (the
"Indenture"),  dated as of August 17, 1995, between  the  Company
and  Bank  One,  Columbus, NA, as trustee (the  "Trustee").   The
following statements are summaries of certain provisions  of  the
Debentures  and the Indenture and do not purport to  be  complete
and  are  subject  to,  and are qualified in  their  entirety  by
reference  to, all of the provisions of the Indenture,  including
the  definitions therein of certain terms (generally  capitalized
when   used   herein),  which  provisions  and  definitions   are
incorporated herein by reference.

           The Company has issued $20,750,000 aggregate principal
amount  of  Debentures under the Indenture.  They  are  unsecured
obligations  of  the Company and do not have  the  benefit  of  a
sinking fund for the retirement of principal.  The Debentures are
subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full  of
all  Senior  Indebtedness of the Company.   See  "Description  of
Debentures  - Subordination."  At October 16, 1995,  the  Company
had  $26.4  million of Senior Indebtedness outstanding under  its
United States secured credit facility.  See "Risk Factors - Risks
associated   with   the   Company's  Secured   Indebtedness   and
Financing".  The Debentures will mature on August 15, 2002.  Each
Debenture bears interest from the closing date applicable to such
Debenture  in the Company's private placement of such Debentures,
at  the  rate  per  annum  stated on  the  front  cover  of  this
Prospectus, payable quarterly on March 15, June 15, September  15
and  December 15 in each year commencing September 15,  1995,  to
the person in whose name the Debenture is registered at the close
of  business on the Regular Record Date for such interest,  which
shall  be the March 1, June 1, September 1 or December 1 (whether
or  not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding  such
Interest Payment Date.  Interest will be computed on the basis of
a  360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.  The  interest
payable  on each December 15, March 15, June 15 and September  15
after  September  15,  1995  will amount  to  $21.25  per  $1,000
aggregate  principal  amount of Debentures.   The  interest  rate
payable  on  the  Debentures shall be increased by  0.5%  if  the
Company  fails  to  cause the Registration  Statement  to  become
effective  by  December  21, 1995 or  if  the  Company  fails  to
maintain  such effectiveness for the required three-year  period;
provided,  however, that such increased interest rate shall  only
apply during the periods when such Registration Statement is  not
effective in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights
Agreement.  Principal and interest will be payable at the  office
or  agency  to  be maintained by Emerson in New  York,  New  York
(initially the office of the Trustee in New York).

           The  Company will issue the Debentures only  in  fully
registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 with
a  minimum  initial purchase of $25,000, subject to modification.
The Company will not assess a service charge for any transfer  or
exchange of the Debentures, but it may require payment of  a  sum
sufficient  to  cover the tax or governmental charge  payable  in
connection  therewith.  Holders may transfer  the  Debentures  by
surrendering them for transfer at the office of the Trustee.  The
Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Debenture (i)
during  a  period  beginning at the opening of business  15  days
before  the  date  of the mailing of a notice of  redemption  and
ending  at  the close of business on the date of such mailing  or
(ii)  selected  for redemption, in whole or in part,  except  the
unredeemed portion of Debentures being redeemed in part.

           All  moneys paid by the Company to the Trustee or  any
Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and premium, if any,
and  interest  on  any Debenture which remain unclaimed  for  two
years  after such principal, premium or interest became  due  and
payable may be repaid to the Company.  Thereafter, the Holder  of
such  Debenture may, as an unsecured general creditor, look  only
to the Company for payment thereof.

Conversion

            Each   $1,000  principal  amount  of  Debentures   is
convertible  at  any  time  and  from  time  to  time,  prior  to
redemption  or  maturity,  at the option  of  the  Holders,  into
approximately  251  shares of Common  Stock  of  the  Company  (a
conversion  price  of $3.9875 per share).  The right  to  convert
Debentures  which have been called for redemption will  terminate
at  the  close of business on the last business day prior to  any
Redemption  Date.   Emerson has reserved a sufficient  number  of
shares of Common Stock for issuance upon conversion.

           The  Conversion  Price  is subject  to  adjustment  in
certain   events  as  more  fully  described  in  the  Indenture,
including: (i) issuances or distributions of Common Stock or  the
issuance  of rights, warrants or options entitling the holder  to
subscribe  for or purchase Common Stock at less than the  Current
Market  Price  (as  defined  in the Indenture)  (except  that  no
adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made as a  result  of
Permitted Transactions), (ii) dividends (and other distributions)
payable  in  Common Stock on any class of capital  stock  of  the
Company  or  any Subsidiary; (iii) subdivisions, combinations  or
reclassifications   of   Common   Stock;   (iv)   dividends   and
distributions to holders of Common Stock generally or to  holders
(other than the Company or its Subsidiaries) of capital stock  of
any  Subsidiary  of evidences of indebtedness of the  Company  or
assets  (including  shares of capital stock or other  securities,
but  excluding  those  dividends, rights, warrants,  options  and
distributions  for which adjustments are made as described  above
and  dividends and distributions on the Series A Preferred  Stock
in accordance with the terms thereof paid exclusively in cash out
of  retained or current earnings), (v) upon a decrease of 35%  (a
"Price  Decrease") or more in the weighted average Closing  Price
of  the Common Stock in any forty-day period commencing ten  days
prior to: (a) the disclosure (by press release or otherwise) of a
settlement,  judgment, court order, disposition  or  other  event
relating  to the Litigation (relating to Geoffrey P.  Jurick  and
related  entities and affiliates and described  herein);  or  (b)
whether  singly or in the aggregate and whether  or  not  in  the
public  markets, (x) the offer, pledge, sale, contract  to  sell,
sale  of  any  option or contract to purchase,  purchase  of  any
option or contract to sell, grant of any option, right or warrant
to   purchase,  assignment,  hypothecation,  transfer  or   other
encumbrance or disposition of, any securities of the Company,  or
(y)   the  entry  into  any  swap  or  similar  arrangement  that
transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of
the  Company's securities whether any such transaction  described
in  clause (x) or (y) above (any such transaction being  referred
to herein as a "Transfer") is to be settled by delivery of Common
Stock  or  such  other  securities, in cash or  otherwise,  which
Transfer is directly or indirectly related to, or for the benefit
of,  the  settlement  or  other disposition  of  the  Litigation,
provided,  however, no adjustment will be made  with  respect  to
those  Debentures held by a Holder who has engaged in open-market
sales of Debentures or underlying securities with the sole intent
of  manipulating the price of the Common Stock in order to  cause
such   Price  Decrease.   The  adjustment  resulting   from   the
occurrence  of  a Price Decrease shall only be in  effect  for  a
period of 90 days commencing upon the mailing of a notice of such
Price  Decrease  in  accordance  with  the  Debenture.   For  the
purposes  of  adjustments  to  the Conversion  Price,  "Permitted
Transaction" means an issuance by the Company of Capital Stock or
the  issuance of rights, warrants or options entitling the holder
thereof to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock, in a single or
series  of  arms'-length acquisition transactions, at  a  maximum
discount  of  15% to the average Closing Price for 20 consecutive
Trading  Days  immediately prior to such issuance,  provided  (i)
such  issuance is not otherwise prohibited by the  terms  of  the
Indenture,  (ii)  no  Default  or Event  of  Default  shall  have
occurred  or be continuing, (iii) all such transactions aggregate
not more than ten percent (10%) of the Company's then outstanding
voting  stock  while  any Debentures are Outstanding,  (iv)  such
transaction(s) is in furtherance of a bona fide business  purpose
of the Company and is in exchange for valuable consideration, (v)
such  transaction(s)  does not involve an Affiliate  Transaction,
(vi)  after giving pro forma effect to the transaction(s),  there
will  not exist a Default or an Event of Default, and (vii)  such
transaction(s) will not have a Material Adverse Effect.

           In  certain  circumstances it may  be  unclear  as  to
whether a Price Decrease has occurred or the cause thereof.   The
determination  of  whether a Price Decrease  has  occurred  is  a
determination based on the facts and circumstances of the subject
transaction.    No  fractional  shares  will   be   issued   upon
conversion, but the Company will pay cash in lieu thereof.

           The  Company  from  time to time  may  to  the  extent
permitted  by law reduce the Conversion Price by any  amount  for
any  period of at least 20 days, in which case the Company  shall
give at least 15 days' notice of such reduction to the registered
Holders  of  the  Debentures, if the Board of  Directors  of  the
Company has made a determination that such reduction would be  in
the best interests of the Company.

          In addition, the Company will be permitted to make such
reductions  in  the  Conversion  Price  as  it  considers  to  be
advisable in order that any event treated for federal income  tax
purposes  as  a  dividend of stock or stock rights  will  not  be
taxable   to   the  Holders  of  Common  Stock.   Under   certain
circumstances,  a  decrease  in  the  Conversion  Price  of   the
Debentures may be considered as resulting in the distribution  of
a  dividend  to Holders of the Debentures for federal income  tax
purposes.

           Subject to any applicable right of the Holders of  the
Debentures to cause the Company to purchase the Debentures upon a
Designated   Event  (as  described  below),  in   case   of   any
consolidation  or merger to which the Company is a  party,  other
than  a  transaction  in  which the  Company  is  the  continuing
corporation,  or  in  case of any sale or conveyance  to  another
corporation  of  the property of the Company as  an  entirety  or
substantially  as  an entirety, or in the case of  any  statutory
exchange  of securities with another corporation or other  entity
(including any exchange effected in connection with a merger of a
third  corporation or other entity into the Company), there  will
be  no adjustment of the Conversion Price, but the Holder of each
Debenture  then outstanding will have the right to  convert  such
Debenture  only into the kind and amount of securities,  cash  or
other  property which the Holder would have owned  or  have  been
entitled to receive immediately after such consolidation, merger,
statutory  exchange, sale or conveyance had such  Debenture  been
converted  immediately  prior  to  the  effective  date  of  such
consolidation,  merger, statutory exchange, sale  or  conveyance.
In  the  case  of  a  cash  merger of the  Company  with  another
corporation or other entity or any other cash transaction of  the
type  mentioned  above, the effect of these provisions  would  be
that  the  conversion features of the Debentures would thereafter
be  limited to converting the Debentures at the Conversion  Price
then  in  effect  into the same amount of cash that  such  holder
would have received had such holder converted the Debentures into
Common Stock immediately prior to the effective date of such cash
merger  or  transaction.  Depending upon the terms of  such  cash
merger  or transaction, the aggregate amount of cash so  received
on  conversion could be more or less than the principal amount of
the Debentures.

           Fractional shares of Common Stock will not  be  issued
upon  conversion, but in lieu thereof, the Company will pay  cash
equal to the market value of such fractional share computed  with
reference  to the Closing Price of the Common Stock on  the  last
business  day  prior to conversion.  Debentures  surrendered  for
conversion  during the period from the close of business  on  any
Regular  Record  Date  to the opening of  business  on  the  next
succeeding   Interest  Payment  Date  (except  Debentures   whose
maturity  is  prior to such Interest Payment Date and  Debentures
called  for  redemption on a Redemption Date within such  period)
must be accompanied by payment of an amount equal to the interest
thereon  to  be  paid  on such Interest Payment  Date  (provided,
however,  that  if the Company shall default in payment  of  such
interest,  such payment shall be returned to the payor  thereof).
Except  for Debentures surrendered for conversion which  must  be
accompanied  by  payment  as  described  above,  no  interest  on
converted  Debentures  will be payable  by  the  Company  on  any
Interest Payment Date subsequent to the date of conversion.

           The  Company  has  covenanted under the  Indenture  to
reserve and keep available at all times out of its authorized but
unissued  Common Stock, for the purpose of effecting  conversions
of  Debentures,  the  full  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
deliverable upon the conversion of all outstanding Debentures.

           The  Company will use its reasonable best  efforts  to
cause all registrations with, and to obtain any approvals by, any
governmental  authority under any state law of the United  States
that  may  be  required  in connection  with  conversion  of  the
Debentures into Common Stock and the resale thereof.  If  at  any
time during the three year period following the effective date of
the  Registration  Statement the Registration  Statement  is  not
effective,  shares  of  Common Stock issued  upon  conversion  of
Debentures  ("Restricted Shares") may not be  sold  or  otherwise
transferred except in accordance with Regulation S thereunder  or
pursuant  to  any  other  exemption  from,  or  otherwise  in   a
transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of  the
Securities  Act  and,  if such Registration Statement  under  the
Securities Act is not effective at the time of a conversion,  the
Restricted  Shares  will  bear a  legend  to  that  effect.   The
Transfer  Agent  for  the Common Stock will not  be  required  to
accept for registration of transfer any Restricted Shares, except
upon   presentation   of   satisfactory   evidence   that   these
restrictions  on  transfer  have  been  compiled  with,  all   in
accordance  with such reasonable regulations as the  Company  may
from time to time agree with the Transfer Agent.

Redemption at the Option of the Company

           The Debentures are subject to redemption at the option
of  the Company, in whole or in part, in cash, from time to time,
commencing on August 15, 1998 upon not less than 30 nor more than
45  days' notice mailed to the Holders thereof, at the Redemption
Prices  established for the Debentures, together,  in  each  case
with interest accrued and unpaid to the date fixed for redemption
(subject to the right of a Holder on the Regular Record Date  for
an  interest  payment to receive such interest).  The  Redemption
Prices  for  the  Debentures (expressed as a  percentage  of  the
principal amount) shall be as follows for Debentures redeemed  in
the 12-month period beginning August 15:

          Year                               Percentage
          1998                                    104%
          1999                                    103%
          2000                                    102%
          2001                                    101%

and at maturity at 100% of principal, together in the case of any
such redemption with accrued interest to the redemption date.

           The  Company may elect to redeem less than all of  the
Debentures.  If the Company elects to redeem less than all of the
Debentures, the Trustee will select which Debentures  to  redeem,
using  such  method as it shall deem fair and appropriate,  which
may  include the selection for redemption of portions  (equal  to
$1,000  or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal amount
of Debentures of a denomination larger than $1,000.

Certain Rights to Require Repurchase of Debentures

           Each  Holder  of a Debenture has the  right,  at  such
Holder's  option, to cause the Company to repurchase all  or  any
part of such Debenture, at a price equal to 100% of the principal
amount,  together  with  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  to   the
repurchase  date,  if any Change of Control  (as  defined  below)
which constitutes a Designated Event occurs or has occurred after
the  date  of  issuance of the Debentures  and  on  or  prior  to
maturity.   Notice with respect to the occurrence of a Designated
Event  will be given as described in the Indenture and not  later
than  15 days after the date of the occurrence of such Designated
Event.   Such  notice  shall  include  among  other  things   the
repurchase  price;  the  date  fixed  for  repurchase;  and   the
instructions  which a Holder must follow in order to  exercise  a
repurchase right.  The date fixed for such purchase will  be  the
date 30 days after notice of the occurrence of a Designated Event
is given (except as otherwise required by law).  To be purchased,
a Debenture must be received with a duly executed written notice,
substantially in the form provided on the reverse  side  of  such
Debenture, at the office of the Trustee not later than the  fifth
day  prior to the date fixed for such repurchase.  All Debentures
purchased  by the Company will be canceled.  Such written  notice
shall be irrevocable following the close of business on the fifth
day prior to the repurchase date, except in the discretion of the
Company.

           A "Change of Control" of the Company will be deemed to
have  occurred  at  such  time as (i)  any  Person  (including  a
Person's  Affiliates), becomes the beneficial owner  (as  defined
under  Rule 13d-3 or any successor rule or regulation promulgated
under  the  Exchange Act) of 50% or more of the  total  permitted
voting  power  of  the  Company's Common  Stock,  (ii)  Permitted
Holders shall cease to own beneficially at least 51% of the total
voting  power  of  the Company's Common Stock, (iii)  any  Person
(including  a  Person's  Affiliates and associates)  becomes  the
beneficial  owner of more than 30% of the total voting  power  of
the  Company's Common Stock, and Jurick beneficially owns, in the
aggregate, a lesser percentage of the total voting power  of  the
Common  Stock of the Company than such other Person and does  not
have  the right or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise
to  elect  or designate for election a majority of the  Board  of
Directors  of  the Company, (iv) there shall be  consummated  any
consolidation  or merger of the Company in which the  Company  is
not  the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which
the  Common  Stock of the Company would be converted  into  cash,
securities   or   other  property,  other  than   a   merger   or
consolidation of the Company in which the holders of  the  Common
Stock  of  the  Company  outstanding  immediately  prior  to  the
consolidation or merger hold, directly or indirectly, at least  a
majority  of  the  Common  Stock  of  the  surviving  corporation
immediately after such consolidation or merger, or (v)  beginning
the  date  of the Indenture, during any period of two consecutive
years,   individuals  who  at  the  beginning  of   such   period
constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together  with
any  new  directors whose election by such Board of Directors  or
whose  nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company
has  been  approved  by 66 2/3% of the directors  then  still  in
office  who either were directors at the beginning of such period
or  whose  election or recommendation for election was previously
so  approved)  cease to constitute a majority  of  the  Board  of
Directors of the Company; provided, however, in any such event, a
Change  of  Control shall not be deemed to have occurred  if  Mr.
Jurick ceases to own beneficially 51%, but not less than 25%,  of
the  total voting power of the Company's Common Stock as a direct
result  of  an  Approved Settlement and there is no other  Person
which  beneficially owns or controls a percentage of total voting
power of the Company's Common Stock equal to or greater than  Mr.
Jurick.   "Permitted  Holders"  means  (i)  Mr.  Jurick,  Fidenas
International,  Elision  or GSE, but,  in  the  case  of  Fidenas
International, Elision or GSE, only if such entity is  controlled
(as  defined in the Indenture) by Mr. Jurick and (ii) the  heirs,
executors,  administrators testamentary,  trustees,  legatees  or
beneficiaries of Mr. Jurick.

           The  Change of Control provisions described above  may
deter  certain mergers, tender offers and other takeover attempts
involving the Company.  The Change of Control provisions will not
prevent a leveraged buyout led by the Company's management  or  a
recapitalization of the Company.  In certain circumstances it may
be  unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred.   The
determination  of whether a Change of Control has occurred  is  a
determination based on the facts and circumstances of the subject
transaction.

          The Company will comply with the provisions of Rule 13e-
4  and  any other tender offer rules under the Exchange Act which
may  then  be  applicable and will file a Schedule 13E-4  or  any
other  schedule required thereunder in connection with any  offer
by  the  Company to purchase Debentures at the option of  Holders
upon a Change in Control.  The Change in Control purchase feature
is  not,  however,  the result of management's knowledge  of  any
specific  efforts  to accumulate shares of  Common  Stock  or  to
obtain control of the Company by means of a merger, tender offer,
solicitation of proxies or consents or otherwise, or  part  of  a
plan to implement a series of anti-takeover measures.

           A  "Designated Event" means the right to  request  the
Company  to  repurchase the Debentures and a  Change  of  Control
shall  constitute a Designated Event unless (i) the Closing Price
of  the  Common Stock is at least equal to 105% of the Conversion
Price of the Debentures in effect immediately preceding the  time
of  such  Change  of  Control;  (ii)  all  of  the  consideration
(excluding   cash  payments  for  fractional   shares)   in   the
transaction giving rise to such Change of Control to the  holders
of  Common Stock consists of shares of Common Stock that are,  or
immediately  upon  issuance  will  be,  listed  on   a   national
securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National Market,  and
as a result of such transaction the Debentures become convertible
solely  into such Common Stock; or (iii) all of the consideration
in  the transaction giving rise to such Change of Control to  the
holders of Common Stock consists of cash, securities that are, or
immediately  upon  issuance  will  be,  listed  on   a   national
securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, or a
combination  of  cash  and such securities,  the  aggregate  fair
market  value of such consideration (which, in the case  of  such
securities,  shall be equal to the average of the  daily  Closing
Price of such securities during the ten consecutive Trading  Days
commencing  with the sixth Trading Day following consummation  of
such transaction) is at least 105% of the Conversion Price of the
Debentures  in  effect  on  the date  immediately  preceding  the
closing date of such transaction.

           The  Company, could, in the future, enter into certain
transactions, including certain recapitalizations of the Company,
that  would  not  constitute  a  Change  in  Control  under   the
Debentures,  but  that  would  increase  the  amount  of   Senior
Indebtedness  (or  any other indebtedness)  outstanding  at  such
time.   The  Company's  ability to create any  additional  Senior
Indebtedness or additional Subordinated Indebtedness  is  limited
as  described in the Debentures and the Indenture although, under
certain  circumstances, the incurrence of significant amounts  of
additional  indebtedness  could have an  adverse  effect  on  the
Company's  ability  to  service its indebtedness,  including  the
Debentures.  If a Change in Control were to occur, there  can  be
no  assurance that the Company would have sufficient funds at the
time  of  such event to pay the Change in Control purchase  price
for all Debentures tendered by the Holders thereof.  A default by
the  Company  on  its  obligation to pay the  Change  in  Control
purchase  price  could,  pursuant  to  cross-default  provisions,
result  in  acceleration of the payment of other indebtedness  of
the Company outstanding at that time.

          Certain of the Company's existing and future agreements
relating to its indebtedness could prohibit the purchase  by  the
Company of the Debentures pursuant to the exercise by a Holder of
the foregoing option, depending on the financial circumstances of
the Company at the time any such purchase may occur, because such
purchase  could cause a breach of certain covenants contained  in
such  agreements.   Such  a breach may  constitute  an  event  of
default   under  such  indebtedness  and  thereby  restrict   the
Company's  ability to purchase the Debentures.  See  "Description
of the Debentures - Subordination."

Subordination

           The payment of the principal of, premium, if any,  and
interest  on, the Debentures is, to the extent set forth  in  the
Indenture, subordinated in right of payment to the prior  payment
in  full  of  all  Senior  Indebtedness.   Upon  any  payment  or
distribution   of  assets  to  creditors  upon  any  liquidation,
dissolution,  winding  up,  reorganization,  assignment  for  the
benefit   of   creditors,  or  marshalling  of  assets,   whether
voluntary, involuntary or in receivership, bankruptcy, insolvency
or  similar  proceedings, the holders of all Senior  Indebtedness
will  first be entitled to receive payment in full of all amounts
due  or  to  become  due thereon before any payment  is  made  on
account of the principal of, any premium, if any, or interest  on
the indebtedness evidenced by the Debentures or on account of any
other  monetary  claims, including such monetary  claims  as  may
result  from  rights  to repurchase or rescission,  under  or  in
respect  of the Debentures, before any payment is made to acquire
any  of  the  Debentures for cash, property  or  securities.   No
payments on account of principal of sinking fund requirements, if
any,  or premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures shall  be
made,  and no Debentures shall be redeemed or repurchased, if  at
the time thereof; (i) there is a default in the payment of all or
any portion of the obligations under any Senior Indebtedness;  or
(ii) there shall exist a default in any covenant with respect  to
the Senior Indebtedness (other than as specified in clause (i) of
this  sentence), and, in such event, such default shall not  have
been  cured  or  waived or shall not have ceased  to  exist,  the
Trustee  and the Company shall have received written notice  from
any  holder  of such Senior Indebtedness stating that no  payment
shall  be  made with respect to the Debentures and  such  default
would  permit  the  maturity of such Senior  Indebtedness  to  be
accelerated,  provided  that no such  default  will  prevent  any
payment  on, or in respect of, the Debentures for more  than  120
days  unless  the maturity of such Senior Indebtedness  has  been
accelerated.

           The  Holders of the Debentures are subrogated  to  the
rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness to the extent of
payments  made  on Senior Indebtedness upon any  distribution  of
assets  in any such proceedings out of the distributive share  of
the Debentures.

           By  reason  of  such subordination, in  the  event  of
insolvency,  creditors of the Company, who  are  not  holders  of
Senior  Indebtedness  or  of the Debentures,  may  recover  less,
ratably,  than  holders of Senior Indebtedness, but  may  recover
more, ratably, than the Holders of the Debentures.

           Senior Indebtedness is defined in the Indenture as (i)
the  principal  of  all Indebtedness, now existing  or  hereafter
created, of the Borrower under or evidenced by the Senior  Credit
Agreement  (as defined in the Indenture); (ii) all interest  with
respect  to principal described in the foregoing clause  (i)  and
obligations   described  in  clause  (iii)  of  this   definition
(including, without limitation, any interest accruing  subsequent
to  the commencement of any proceeding against or with respect to
the Company under federal bankruptcy law or any other proceedings
in    insolvency,   bankruptcy,   receivership,   reorganization,
dissolution,  assignment for the benefit of  creditors  or  other
similar   case  or  proceeding  whether  or  not  such   interest
constitutes an allowed claim in any such proceeding);  and  (iii)
all other Obligations (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement)
then due and payable, now existing or hereafter arising under the
Senior  Credit Agreement other than amounts referred to in clause
(i)  of this definition, including, without limitation, premiums,
commitment, agency and other fees, expenses (including reasonable
and   documented   attorney's  fees  and  disbursements   payable
thereunder or in connection therewith) and indemnities  then  due
and  payable  thereunder; provided, however, Senior  Indebtedness
shall not include (i) Indebtedness of the Company to a Subsidiary
or  an  Affiliate of the Company (including but  not  limited  to
Jurick  and  his Affiliates), (ii) Indebtedness to, or guaranteed
on  behalf  of,  any  individual stockholder, director,  officer,
employee or consultant of the Company (including, but not limited
to,   Jurick  and  his  Affiliates),  or  any  of  the  Company's
Subsidiaries, and (iii) trade payables and other Indebtedness and
other  amounts  incurred  in  connection  with  obtaining  goods,
materials or services.

           The  Debentures  are obligations  exclusively  of  the
Company.   Except as described hereinafter, the Subsidiaries  are
separate distinct entities that have no obligation, contingent or
otherwise, to pay any amounts due pursuant to the Debentures.  In
addition, the payment of dividends, interest and the repayment of
certain loans and advances to the Company by the Subsidiaries may
be  subject to certain statutory or contractual restrictions  and
are contingent upon the earnings of such Subsidiaries.  Moreover,
the  right  of the Company and, therefore, the right of creditors
of  the  Company  (including Holders of  Debentures)  to  receive
assets   of   any   such  Subsidiary  upon  the  liquidation   or
reorganization  of  any  such Subsidiary  or  otherwise  will  be
effectively  subordinated  to  the claims  of  the  Subsidiaries'
creditors,  except  to  the extent that  the  Company  is  itself
recognized  as a creditor of such Subsidiary, in which  case  the
claims  of the Company would still be subordinate to any  secured
claim  on  the assets of such Subsidiary and any indebtedness  of
such Subsidiary senior to that held by the Company.

Certain Covenants

          Limitations on Dividends and Redemptions

           Under  the terms of the Indenture, Emerson has  agreed
not  to, and not to permit any Subsidiary to (a) declare  or  pay
any  dividend,  or  make any other distribution  on  any  Capital
Stock,  except (i) dividends or distributions payable in  Capital
Stock,   (ii)   dividends  and  distributions  payable   by   the
Subsidiaries to the Company or its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries  (as
defined  in the Indenture), and (iii) that so long as no  Default
or  Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the
time  or  as  a  consequence of the payment or distribution,  the
Company may declare and pay during any fiscal year cash dividends
to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock in accordance with
the  terms  of  its Certificate of Designation, or (b)  purchase,
redeem  or  otherwise acquire or receive for  value  any  Capital
Stock  acquired upon conversion thereof into other Capital Stock,
if,  upon giving effect to such dividend, distribution, purchase,
redemption, retirement or other acquisition, a Default  or  Event
of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.


            Limitation  on  Consolidation,  Merger  and  Sale  or
Acquisition of Assets.

          Under the Indenture, the Company has agreed not to, and
except  for Permitted Subsidiary Transactions, not to permit  any
of  its  Subsidiaries, without the consent of the Holders of  not
less   than  66  2/3%  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of   the
Outstanding  Debentures to:  (i) consolidate with or  merge  into
any  other Person or (ii) sell, lease, convey, or transfer, in  a
single  transaction  or  through a series  of  transactions,  its
properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any  Person
or  Persons,  or (iii) adopt a Plan of Liquidation,  unless:  (a)
either (x) the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, is
the  continuing surviving corporation or transferee  or  (y)  the
corporation or other Person formed by such consolidation or  into
which  the  Company or such Subsidiary, as the case  may  be,  is
merged  or  the Person which acquires by sale, lease, conveyance,
transfer or other disposition, the properties and assets  of  the
Company  or such Subsidiary shall be a corporation organized  and
existing  under the laws of the United States of America  or  any
State  thereof  or the District of Columbia, and shall  expressly
assume, by a supplemental indenture executed and delivered to the
Trustee,  in  form  satisfactory to  the  Trustee,  the  due  and
punctual  payment of the principal of (and premium, if  any)  and
interest  on  all  the  Debentures and the performance  of  every
covenant  of  the  Indenture on the part of  the  Company  to  be
performed or observed; (b) the Person (or, in the case  of  (ii),
one  Person to which property and assets are transferred)  formed
by  such  consolidation or surviving such merger or to which  the
properties and assets of the Company or such Subsidiary,  as  the
case  may  be,  are sold, transferred, conveyed or leased  as  an
entirety or substantially as an entirety or pursuant to a Plan of
Liquidation shall have a Consolidated Net Worth immediately after
such transaction, equal to or greater than that of the Company or
such  Subsidiary, as the case may be, immediately preceding,  and
without giving effect to, such transaction; (c) immediately after
giving  effect  to  such  transaction, no  Default  or  Event  of
Default,  and no event which, after notice or lapse of  time,  or
both,  would become an Event of Default, shall have happened  and
be  continuing; (d) such transaction shall be on  such  terms  as
shall  not  impair the rights and powers of the  Trustee  or  the
Holders of Debentures or have a Material Adverse Effect; and  (e)
certain other conditions are met.

          Limitations on Additional Indebtedness

          The Company has agreed in the Indenture not to, and not
to  permit  any  of its Subsidiaries to, directly or  indirectly,
Incur   any  Indebtedness  (other  than  Permitted  Indebtedness)
unless,  after giving pro forma effect to the Incurrence thereof,
(i)  no  Default or Event of Default shall have occurred  and  be
continuing  at  the time or as a consequence (as defined  in  the
Indenture)  of  the  Incurrence of such  Indebtedness,  (ii)  the
Consolidated  Interest  Coverage  Ratio   (as  defined   in   the
Indenture)  of  the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries  is
greater  than 1.75 to 1, and (iii) such Indebtedness  constitutes
Subordinated Indebtedness.

             Contingency   for   Sinking   Fund   Under   Certain
Circumstances

           If  the Company provides for one or more sinking funds
for  securities  representing  indebtedness  for  money  borrowed
ranking  equal or junior to the Debentures, and such indebtedness
has  a maturity or weighted average time to maturity which is  on
or prior to the maturity date of the Debentures, the Company will
provide  a  sinking fund for the Debentures calculated to  retire
that  amount  of Debentures equal to the lesser of (i)  the  same
percentage  of  outstanding Debentures prior to maturity  as  the
percentage of the principal amount of such other indebtedness  to
be retired prior to maturity on the same payment schedule as such
other indebtedness or (ii) such amount of Debentures necessary to
result in the Debenture having the same weighted average time  to
maturity as other indebtedness.  Except as set forth herein  with
respect  to  the credit against mandatory sinking fund  payments,
the  redemption  price  and  other  terms  of  the  sinking  fund
applicable  to  the  Debentures  shall  be  the  same  as   those
applicable  to  the  relevant  indebtedness,  except   that   the
redemption price of the Debentures in connection with the sinking
fund  shall be 100% of the principal amount thereof plus  accrued
and  unpaid  interest  to  the date fixed  for  redemption.   The
Company  may,  at  its option, receive credit  against  mandatory
sinking  fund payments for the principal amount of (i) Debentures
acquired  by  the Company and surrendered for cancellation,  (ii)
Debentures  previously  converted into  Common  Stock  and  (iii)
Debentures  redeemed  or  called for  redemption  otherwise  than
through the operation of the sinking fund.

          Limitations on Liens

           The  Company  has  agreed  not  to,  and,  except  for
Permitted  Subsidiary  Transactions, not to  permit  any  of  its
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur (as defined in the
Indenture) any Lien (as defined in the Indenture) upon any of the
property or assets (tangible or intangible) of the Company or any
of  its  Subsidiaries  or any shares of  stock  or  debt  of  any
Subsidiary which owns property or assets, now owned or  hereafter
acquired (including Capital Stock (as defined in the Indenture)),
other  than  Permitted  Liens  (as  defined  in  the  Indenture).
Permitted Liens is defined in the Indenture to exclude  any  Lien
of   any   nature   whatsoever  on  trademarks,  service   marks,
copyrights, tradenames, or application for the foregoing, of  any
of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

          Limitations on Sales of Assets

           The Company has agreed not to and not to permit any of
its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, consummate any Asset
Sale or otherwise permit an Asset Sale to occur, as the case  may
be,  (A)  unless (i) the Company or such Subsidiary, as the  case
may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale  at
least  equal  to the fair market value of the property  or  other
assets subject to such Asset Sale (as determined in good faith by
a  majority  of  the  Independent Directors of  the  Company,  as
evidenced by a Board Resolution, or as determined based  upon  an
opinion  letter  from  an  Independent Appraiser,  which  opinion
letter  shall  identify such Independent Appraiser  as  such  and
shall  be  dated  within 30 days of such Asset  Sale),  (ii)  the
consideration therefor received by the Company or such Subsidiary
is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents, (iii) the fair market
value  of the property or other assets sold or otherwise disposed
of  does  not exceed $4,000,000 individually or in the aggregate,
during  any consecutive 12 month period for all Asset Sales,  and
(iv) such Asset Sale shall not have a Material Adverse Effect, or
(B)  except  (i)  for sales of the Company's  Common  Stock  (not
exceeding, singly or in the aggregate, 15% of the Company's  then
outstanding  voting stock) pursuant to an offering on  behalf  of
the Company effected at a discount of not more than seven percent
(7%)  from the then Closing Price, (ii) if after giving pro forma
effect to the such offering, no Default or Event of Default shall
have  occurred and be continuing at the time or as a  consequence
of the offering, and (ii) not involving an Affiliate Transaction.

          Not later than 10 business days prior to the occurrence
of  any Asset Sale by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that
will  cause  the  aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds  of  Asset
Sales  by  the  Company and/or its Subsidiaries in  any  year  to
exceed  $4,000,000,  the  Company shall  notify  the  Trustee  in
writing of the occurrence of such Asset Sale.

          Limitation  on  Sale or Issuance of  Capital  Stock  of
          Subsidiaries

            Except  for  Permitted  Subsidiary  Transactions  the
Company has agreed not to (a) sell or otherwise convey or dispose
of  any  Capital Stock of any of its Subsidiaries,  except  to  a
Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary  of  the  Company,  or  (b)  permit  any
Subsidiary to issue or sell to any Person, except the Company  or
a  Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary,  (A) any  preferred  stock  of  such
Subsidiary or (B) any other Capital Stock of Subsidiaries.

          Limitations on Investments, Loans and Advances

           Except  for  Permitted  Subsidiary  Transactions,  the
Company  has  agreed not to make, and not to permit  any  of  its
Subsidiaries  to  make,  any capital contributions,  advances  or
loans  to  (including any guarantees of loans to), or investments
or  purchases  of  Capital  Stock in, any  Person  (collectively,
"Investments"), except:  (i) Investments represented by  accounts
receivable  created  or  acquired  in  the  ordinary  course   of
business;  (ii) advances to employees in the ordinary  course  of
business  not  exceeding  $50,000 per employee  in  any  12-month
period  and not exceeding $250,000 in aggregate advances for  all
employees  in  any  12-month  period; (iii)  certain  Investments
arising in connection with Indebtedness permitted pursuant to the
Indenture; and (iv) cash and Cash Equivalents.

          Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates

           Under the terms of the Indenture, the Company may not,
and  may  not  permit  any of its Subsidiaries  to,  directly  or
indirectly,  enter  into any transaction  or  series  of  related
transactions (including, but not limited to, the sale,  purchase,
exchange, lease, transfer or other disposition of any properties,
assets or services to, or the purchase of any property, assets or
services  from,  or  the  entry  into  any  contract,  agreement,
undertaking, loan, advance or guarantee) with, or for the benefit
of,  an Affiliate (an "Affiliate Transaction"), or extend, renew,
waive  or otherwise modify the terms of any Affiliate Transaction
entered  into  prior to the date of issuance  of  the  Debentures
unless  (i)  such Affiliate Transaction is between or  among  the
Company  and its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, or (ii) the terms  of
such  Affiliate Transaction are fair and reasonable and at  least
as  favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case  may
be,  than  those  that could have been obtained in  a  comparable
arm's  length transaction by the Company or such Subsidiary  with
an  unrelated Person, and such Affiliate Transaction  is  entered
into  in  the ordinary course of business of the parties thereto;
provided,  however,  notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary
contained  in  this paragraph, the Company may  issue  securities
pursuant  to the exercise of outstanding options and warrants  on
the  terms  in  effect  and described in  this  Prospectus.   All
Affiliate  Transactions must be approved in  good  faith  by  the
Board of Directors of the Company and majority of the Independent
Directors  thereof,  and  such  approval  evidenced  by  a  Board
resolution that such transaction meets the criterion set forth in
(i) or (ii) above.

          Limitation on Prepayments

           Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries  shall
voluntarily  prepay any outstanding Indebtedness (as  defined  in
the  Indenture), whether or not permitted by the  terms  of  such
outstanding  Indebtedness  or  by  the  agreement,  indenture  or
instrument  creating or evidencing such outstanding Indebtedness;
provided,  however, the Company and the Subsidiaries  may  prepay
any Senior Indebtedness to the extent permitted thereunder.

          Independent Directors

           Under the terms of the Indenture, prior to the Closing
Date, the Company has agreed to use its best efforts to cause  at
least  one-third of the members constituting the Company's entire
Board of Directors to be Independent Directors (as defined in the
Indenture)  for  the term of the Debentures.  Any  settlement  or
other  disposition  of the litigation involving  Mr.  Jurick  and
related  entities  and  affiliates requires  the  approval  of  a
majority  of  three members of the Board of Directors  (including
the  Independent Directors and Mr. Eugene Davis)  to  the  extent
such  settlement or other disposition (i) includes the  grant  of
registration  rights  of  any kind, and/or  (ii)  contemplates  a
Transfer  (as  defined in the Indenture) of any securities  which
might adversely impact the market price of the Common Stock.   In
the  context  of any such Board vote, the Indenture requires  the
Company  to  expressly  instruct  the  Independent  Directors  to
consider the interests of the Holders.

          Payments for Consent

          The Indenture provides that neither the Company nor any
of  its Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, pay or  cause
to  be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or
otherwise,  to  any  Holder  of  any  Debentures  for  or  as  an
inducement  to  any consent, waiver or amendment of  any  of  the
terms  or  provisions of the Indenture or the  Debentures  unless
such consideration is offered to be paid or agreed to be paid  to
all Holders of the Debentures which so consent, waive or agree to
amend  in  the  time  frame set forth in  solicitation  documents
relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

           The Company has also covenanted and agreed to be bound
by  certain other restrictive covenants, as more fully  described
in the Indenture.

Events of Default

           The  Indenture  defines the following  as  "Events  of
Default":  (1) default for a period of 30 days in the payment  of
any  interest  on any Debenture when it becomes due and  payable,
whether  or not such payments are prohibited by the subordination
provisions of the Indenture; or (2) default in the payment of the
principal  of  (or  premium, if any, on)  any  Debenture  at  its
Maturity,  whether  or not such payments are  prohibited  by  the
subordination provisions of the Indenture; or (3) default in  the
payment  of  the  Repurchase Price or  Redemption  Price  on  any
Debentures,  whether or not such payments are prohibited  by  the
subordination provisions of the Indenture; or (4) default in  the
performance,  or  breach,  of any covenant  or  warranty  of  the
Company  in  the Debentures or the Indenture, and continuance  of
such  default or breach for a period of 60 days after the Trustee
has  given  the  Company,  or the Holders  of  at  least  25%  in
principal amount of Outstanding Debentures have given the Company
and  the  Trustee, a written notice specifying  such  default  or
breach  and  requiring it to be remedied and  stating  that  such
notice  is  a  "Notice of Default" under the  Indenture;  or  (5)
default  on any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary  of
the  Company  in  excess  of $1,000,000  which  results  in  such
Indebtedness being declared due and payable after the  expiration
of  any  applicable grace period or becoming due and payable;  or
(6)  an  "Event  of  Default" as defined  in  the  Senior  Credit
Agreement  resulting in such Senior Indebtedness  being  declared
due  and  payable  after the expiration of any  applicable  grace
period  or becoming due and payable; or (7) the entry of  one  or
more  judgments (not paid or fully covered by insurance)  against
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount  in
excess   of   $1,000,000  (after  deduction  for  the  applicable
insurance  coverage), which judgments are not vacated,  discharge
or  stayed or bonded pending appeal within 30 days from the entry
thereof;  or  (8)  certain events of bankruptcy,  insolvency,  or
reorganization;  or  (9) the failure by the Company  to  have  in
place  for  any  consecutive seven day period  an  effective  and
enforceable Senior Credit Facility.

           If  an  Event of Default shall occur and be continuing
(other than an Event of Default resulting from certain events  of
bankruptcy,  insolvency, reorganization or the Company's  failure
to  have  in  place  an effective and enforceable  Senior  Credit
Facility  as described in clause (8) of the immediately preceding
paragraph) either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25%
in  aggregate  principal  amount of  Outstanding  Debentures  may
accelerate  the  maturity  of  all such  Outstanding  Debentures.
Prior to acceleration of maturity of such Debentures, the Holders
of  at least 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of Outstanding
Debentures  may  waive  any past defaults  under  the  Indenture,
except  for  default in the payment of principal (or premium,  if
any)  or  interest  on any Debenture or in  the  payment  of  any
Repurchase Price or Redemption Price which may be due and payable
and  except  for certain covenants as provided in the  Indenture.
The   Holders  of  at  least  66-2/3%  in  principal  amount   of
Outstanding Debentures may waive an Event of Default resulting in
acceleration, and annul the acceleration, of such Debentures, but
only  if  all  the Events of Default have been remedied  and  all
payments (other than those due as a result of acceleration)  have
been made.

           The  Company must furnish the Trustee annually with  a
statement  of  certain  officers  of  the  Company  as  to  their
knowledge of defaults.

Modification, Waiver and Satisfaction of Indenture

           With  certain exceptions that permit modifications  of
the Indenture by Emerson and the Trustee only, the Indenture, the
rights  and  obligations of Emerson and the rights of Holders  of
Debentures  may  be modified by the Company with the  consent  of
Holders of not less than 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of
Outstanding  Debentures affected thereby; provided  that  Emerson
may  make no such modification without the consent of the  Holder
of each Debenture affected thereby if such modification would:

                (1)   change the Stated Maturity of the principal
          of, or any installment of interest on, any Debenture or
          reduce  the  principal amount thereof or  the  rate  of
          interest  thereon  or  any  premium  payable  upon  the
          redemption  thereof, or change the  time  or  place  of
          payment  where, or the coin or currency in  which,  any
          Debenture  or  any premium or the interest  thereon  is
          payable, or impair the right to institute suit for  the
          enforcement of any such payment on or after the  Stated
          Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on  or
          after  the  Redemption  Date  or,  in  the  case  of  a
          repurchase,   on  or  after  10  days   following   the
          Repurchase  Date),  or adversely affect  the  right  to
          convert   any   Debenture  (except  as   permitted   by
          subparagraph (4) hereof);

                (2)  reduce the percentage in principal amount of
          the   Outstanding  Debentures,  the  consent  of  whose
          Holders   is   required  for  any   such   supplemental
          indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is  required
          for  any  waiver (of compliance with certain provisions
          of  the  Indenture  or certain defaults  hereunder  and
          their consequences) provided for in the Indenture;

               (3)  modify any of the provisions of this covenant
          or  the  provisions regarding waiver of past  defaults,
          except  to increase the percentage of Holders  required
          to  waive  a  past  default under the Indenture  or  to
          provide  that certain other provisions of the Indenture
          cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the
          Holder of each Outstanding Debenture affected thereby;

                 (4)    modify   or  impair  the   absolute   and
          unconditional right of the Holder of any  Debenture  to
          receive  payment of the principal of (and  premium,  if
          any)  and  interest on such Debenture on the respective
          Stated  Maturities expressed in such Debenture (or,  in
          the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date) and  to
          convert such Debenture pursuant to the Indenture and to
          institute suit for the enforcement of any such  payment
          and  right  to  convert without  the  consent  of  such
          Holder;

                (5)   waive a Default or Event of Default in  the
          payment  of  principal  of (and  premium,  if  any)  or
          interest on, or redemption payment with respect to, any
          Debenture (other than a Default or Event of Default  in
          the  payment  of  an  amount due  as  a  result  of  an
          acceleration if the Holders rescind such acceleration);
          or

                (6)   adversely modify or affect (in  any  manner
          adverse to the Holders) the terms and conditions of the
          obligations  of  the  Company under  the  Indenture  to
          repurchase the Debentures.

No  supplemental indenture shall affect adversely the  rights  of
the  holders of Senior Indebtedness without the consent  of  such
holders.

           The Holders of at least 66-2/3% in aggregate principal
amount  of  Outstanding Debentures may waive Emerson's compliance
with certain restrictive provisions of the Indenture.

           Upon  cancellation of all of the Debentures  or,  with
certain  limitations, upon Emerson's deposit with the Trustee  of
funds sufficient therefor, Emerson may satisfy and discharge  the
Indenture.

The Trustee

           Bank  One,  Columbus,  NA, is the  Trustee  under  the
Indenture.
                 
                 DESCRIPTION OF OTHER SECURITIES

                                                
       The   Company's  authorized  capital  stock  consists   of
75,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share,  and
1,000,000  shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.01  per  share.
The  Company intends to request stockholder approval to  increase
the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock to 10,000,000.

Outstanding Common Stock

      As  of October 20, 1995, 40,252,772 shares of Common  Stock
are  outstanding.   All of the issued and outstanding  shares  of
Common  Stock are fully paid and non-assessable.  Each  share  of
Common  Stock  has one vote on all matters to which  stockholders
are entitled or permitted to vote upon, including the election of
directors.   There  are no cumulative voting rights.   Shares  of
Common  Stock  would participate ratably in any  distribution  of
assets in a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company
subject  to prior distribution rights of any shares of  Preferred
Stock  then  outstanding.   The Common Stock  has  no  preemptive
rights  or  conversion  rights nor are there  any  redemption  or
sinking  fund provisions applicable to the Common Stock.  Subject
to  the  rights  of the holders of the Series A Preferred  Stock,
holders  of Common Stock are entitled to participate in dividends
if  and when declared by the Company's Board of Directors out  of
funds  legally available therefor.  The Company's ability to  pay
cash   dividends   is   subject  to  certain  restrictions.   See
"Description of Debentures" and "Description of Other  Securities
- - Dividend Policy Regarding Common Stock."

     The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is the
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

Outstanding Preferred Stock

      The Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Board of
Directors  of the Company may authorize the issuance  of  one  or
more  series  of  preferred stock having such  rights,  including
voting,  conversion and redemption rights and  such  preferences,
including dividend and liquidation preferences, as the Board  may
determine without any further action by the stockholders  of  the
Company  which  could adversely affect the voting rights  of  the
holders of Common Stock.

      There  are  currently 10,000 shares of Series  A  Preferred
Stock outstanding, $10 million face value in the aggregate, which
were  issued pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization and are  held
as of the date hereof by 21 holders.  Series A Preferred Stock is
convertible  into Common Stock of the Company at any time  during
the  period  beginning on the third anniversary of  the  issuance
date  of  the  Series  A Preferred Stock,  March  31,  1994  (the
"Issuance  Date"), and ending on the eighth anniversary  thereof.
The  Series  A  Preferred Stock will be convertible  into  Common
Stock  at a price per share of Common Stock equal to 80%  of  the
then market value of a share of Common Stock (determined on a  60
day  average prior to conversion).  The Series A Preferred  Stock
bears  dividends  as  described  below,  prohibits  Common  Stock
dividends unless Series A Preferred Stock dividends are  paid  or
set  aside,  provides  for the appointment of  two  directors  if
Series  A  Preferred  Stock dividends  are  in  default  for  six
consecutive quarters and has other customary priorities.  In  the
event  of  liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company,
the  Series  A Preferred stockholders are entitled to receive  an
amount  equal to $1,000 per share, plus a sum equal to cumulative
dividends   accrued  and  unpaid,  prior  to   any   payment   or
distribution  to  any  other class or  series  of  stock  ranking
junior.

Dividend Policy Regarding Common Stock

      The  Company's  policy  has been to  retain  all  available
earnings, if any, for the development and growth of its business.
The  Company  has never paid cash dividends on its common  stock.
In  deciding whether to pay dividends on the Common Stock in  the
future, the Company's Board of Directors will consider factors it
deems  relevant, including the Company's earnings  and  financial
condition  and  its  working  capital  and  anticipated   capital
expenditures.   The  Company's  existing  United  States  secured
credit  facility contains and, if consummated, the terms  of  the
contemplated Facility will contain, and the Indenture relating to
the   Debentures   will   contain,   certain   dividend   payment
restrictions on the Company's Common Stock.  Also, the  Company's
Certificate of Incorporation defining the rights of the Series  A
Preferred Stock prohibits Common Stock dividends unless Series  A
Preferred Stock dividends are paid or put aside.

Dividend Policy Regarding Series A Preferred Stock

     The Company's Series A Preferred Stock earns dividends based
on  a  $1,000  per share stated value commencing June  30,  1994,
payable on a quarterly cumulative basis at (i) a 7% dividend rate
during  the period beginning on the Issuance Date, and ending  on
the  day  before  the  third anniversary  thereof,  (ii)  a  5.6%
dividend   rate  during  the  period  beginning  on   the   third
anniversary of the Issuance Date and ending on the day before the
fourth anniversary thereof, (iii) a 4.2% dividend rate during the
period  beginning on the fourth anniversary of the Issuance  Date
and  ending on the day before the fifth anniversary thereof, (iv)
a  2.8%  dividend rate during the period beginning on  the  fifth
anniversary of the Issuance Date and ending on the day before the
sixth  anniversary thereof, (v) a 1.4% dividend rate  during  the
period  beginning on the sixth anniversary of the  Issuance  Date
and ending on the day before the seventh anniversary thereof, and
(vi) a 0% dividend rate thereafter.

Potential Anti-Takeover Implications

      Under  certain circumstances, an increase in the number  of
shares  of  Common Stock or the authorization of a new series  of
preferred stock could provide corporate management with  a  means
to  discourage a change of control, such as through the  issuance
to  stockholders of rights to purchase shares of preferred  stock
or  additional  shares of Common Stock at prices below  the  then
current  market  price.   Such  intentions  to  prevent   or   to
discourage  changes  of  control could  be  accomplished  without
further  stockholder approval.  However, the Board  of  Directors
has  no  present intention of using the preferred  stock  or  the
additional shares of Common Stock for such a purpose and  is  not
aware that any takeover or similar action is contemplated.

Certain Provisions of Governing Documents

      The  Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation  contains  an
express  election  not  to be governed  by  Section  203  of  the
Delaware  General Corporation Law ("Delaware Law").  Section  203
provides  generally that a corporation may not engage in  certain
transactions with an "interested stockholder" (as defined) within
a  period of three years after the interested stockholder becomes
such,   unless  certain  conditions  are  met.   Because  Fidenas
International  may  be  deemed to be an "interested  stockholder"
within the meaning of Section 203, the effect of such election is
to  permit  certain transactions between the Company and  Fidenas
International,   including  certain  business  combinations   and
issuances  of  securities, which would not be  permitted  (unless
certain  conditions  are  met) were Section  203  to  apply.   No
transactions or business combinations to which Section 203  would
apply  are  currently contemplated by the Company,  but  for  the
Company's election not to be governed by such section.

     In addition, certain provisions of the Company's Certificate
of   Incorporation   and   By-Laws,  including   provisions   (i)
authorizing  the  Board  of Directors to  create  new  series  of
preferred   stock,  (ii)  providing  that  any  action  requiring
stockholder consent must be effected at a meeting as  opposed  to
by  consent in writing and (iii) setting forth that directors may
only  be removed for cause, upon the affirmative vote of at least
80% of the voting securities then outstanding, voting together as
a  single class, may make it more difficult for a third party  to
make, or may discourage a third party from making, an acquisition
proposal  for the Company or initiating a proxy contest  and  may
thereby inhibit a change in control of the Company or the removal
of incumbent management or directors.

     The Company has included in its Certificate of Incorporation
and By-Laws provisions to (i) eliminate the personal liability of
its  directors  for monetary damages resulting from  breaches  of
their fiduciary duty (other than breaches of the duty of loyalty,
acts  or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional
misconduct  or  a  knowing  violation of  law,  violations  under
Section  174  of  the Delaware Law or for any  transactions  from
which the director derived an improper personal benefit) and (ii)
indemnify  its  directors  and officers  to  the  fullest  extent
permitted   by  Section  145  of  the  Delaware  Law,   including
circumstances    in    which   indemnification    is    otherwise
discretionary.   The Company believes that these  provisions  are
necessary  to  attract and retain qualified persons as  directors
and officers.

Price Range of the Company's Common Stock

      The  Company's  Common Stock has traded on the  AMEX  since
December  22, 1994 under the symbol MSN.  The Common Stock  began
trading  publicly  on  September 1, 1994 in the  over-the-counter
market.   Prior thereto, there was no established public  trading
market for the Common Stock.

      Prior to the consummation of the Restructuring, there  were
approximately 4,500 shareholders of record of the common stock of
the  Company's predecessor.  The shares of such shareholders were
terminated  and canceled on the effective date of  the  confirmed
Plan  of Reorganization.  Such shares had been traded on the  New
York  Stock  Exchange until trading was suspended on  October  6,
1993 and the shares delisted on April 15, 1994.

      The  following table sets forth the range of high  and  low
closing bid prices for the Company's Common Stock as reported  by
the  National Quotations Bureau for the period September 1,  1994
through  December  21, 1994 and the range of high  and  low  last
reported  sales prices as reported by the AMEX from December  22,
1994.

                                   High            Low
Fiscal 1995                                  
Second Quarter                    $ 1-1/2       $   1
Third Quarter                       2-7/8         15/16
Fourth Quarter                      3-3/8           2
                                             
Fiscal 1996                                  
First Quarter                    $  3-1/8       $  2-1/4
Second Quarter                      3-3/4          2-1/4
Third quarter (through                3            2-5/8
October 20, 1995

     On October 20, 1995, the last sale price of the Common Stock
as  reported by the AMEX was $2.6875 per share.  As of October 23,
1995, there were approximately 459 stockholders of record.

Common Stock Eligible for Future Sale

      As of October 23, 1995 the Company has 40,252,772 shares of
Common  Stock outstanding, in addition to the Creditor's Warrants
and  the Series A Preferred Stock.  Of the outstanding shares  of
Common  Stock, an aggregate of 3,333,333 shares initially  issued
to  the  Bank  Lenders and the Noteholders, in  addition  to  the
769,446  Shares  issued in February 1995,  are  freely  tradeable
without  restriction or further registration under the Securities
Act.   In  addition, the Creditor's Warrants,  shares  of  Common
Stock  underlying  the Creditor's Warrants,  Series  A  Preferred
Stock,  and Common Stock underlying the Series A Preferred  Stock
and  the  6,149,993 shares sold in the public offering authorized
by  the Plan of Reorganization are freely tradeable.  All of  the
securities   issued  pursuant  to  the  Plan  of   Reorganization
described  above are deemed to be freely tradeable by  virtue  of
Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, provided the holders thereof
are  not deemed affiliates of the Company.  Also, the Company has
outstanding options to acquire 1,890,000 shares of Common  Stock,
granted in accordance with Rule 701 of the Securities Act,  which
may  be  sold  under certain conditions.  The 30  million  shares
issued   pursuant  to  the  Plan  of  Reorganization  to  Fidenas
International,  Elision and GSE, and currently  outstanding,  are
"restricted  securities" within the meaning of Rule 144  and  are
eligible for sale in the public market in reliance upon Rule  144
commencing April 1996, subject to applicable volume restrictions,
to  the  extent that Fidenas International, Elision and  GSE  are
deemed to be "affiliates" of the Company, as that term is defined
under  the  Securities  Act.   The Placement  Agent  has  agreed,
subject to the granting of registration rights in accordance with
the  requirements of the Indenture and applicable law, to  permit
the  registration of up to 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock owned
by  GSE,  Fidenas  International and Elision, which  registration
rights  were  subsequently approved by the Board of Directors  of
the   Company.   The  Company  intends  to  file  a  registration
statement related thereto with the commission in the near future.
Also, the holders of such shares of Common Stock and the officers
and  directors  of  the  Company, with certain  exceptions,  have
agreed to additional restrictions on the transfer of their shares
for a period of 12 months.  See "Description of Debentures."

     In addition, the Company has been advised by Mr. Jurick that
current settlement discussions regarding the litigation described
under   "Legal   Proceedings  -  Litigation   Regarding   Certain
Outstanding  Common  Stock"  include  discussions  regarding  the
possible  sale  of  a  portion  of the  shares  of  Common  Stock
beneficially owned by him to fund settlement payments.   In  this
regard,  it  is anticipated that the Company may be requested  in
the   future,  subject  to  the  restrictions  described  in  the
Indenture, to register the resale of certain of such shares.  The
Placement Agent has, pursuant to an agreement with Mr. Jurick and
certain affiliated entities, an exclusive right to sell a certain
number  of  these  shares in furtherance of the settlement.   See
also  "Plan  of Distribution - Certain Restrictions on  Officers,
Directors  and Certain Stockholders."  There can be no  assurance
that  a settlement will be reached or consummated or on favorable
terms.   Moreover, any settlement and/or sales  of  Common  Stock
thereunder  may  have an adverse effect on  the  market  for  the
Company's securities.  See "Risk Factors - Litigation Relating to
Common Stock."

     In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person
(or  persons whose shares are aggregated), including persons  who
may be deemed to be "affiliates" of the Company, as that term  is
defined under the Securities Act, is entitled to sell within  any
three-month  period  a number of restricted  shares  beneficially
owned for at least two years that does not exceed the greater  of
(i)  one  percent of the then outstanding Common Shares, or  (ii)
the average weekly trading volume in the Common Shares during the
four  calendar weeks preceding such sale.  Sales under  Rule  144
are  also  subject to certain requirements as to  the  manner  of
sale,  notice and the availability of current public  information
about the Company.  However, a person who is not an affiliate and
has  beneficially owned such shares for at least three  years  is
entitled  to  sell such shares without regard to  the  volume  or
other resale requirements.

Creditor's Warrants

      The  Company has issued 750,000 Creditor's Warrants to  the
Noteholders  in connection with the consummation of the  Plan  of
Reorganization,  which  are held as of  the  date  hereof  by  11
holders.  Each Creditor's Warrant entitles the holder thereof  to
acquire  one share of Common Stock at an exercise price of  $1.00
per  share  until March 31, 1997, and escalating $0.10 per  share
per  annum  thereafter  until the expiration  of  the  Creditor's
Warrants  on  March 31, 2001, subject in all events  to  standard
anti-dilution adjustments.  All of these Creditor's Warrants  are
currently  exercisable,  and  the  Company  believes   that   the
Creditor's  Warrants  and the shares of Common  Stock  underlying
them  are  freely  tradeable by virtue of  Section  1145  of  the
Bankruptcy  Code,  provided the holders thereof  are  not  deemed
affiliates  of the Company.  See "Description of Other Securities
- - Common Stock Eligible for Future Sale."  In connection with the
granting  of  the  Creditor's Warrants, the Company  granted  the
holders   thereof  certain  demand  and  incidental  registration
rights, to the extent that the underlying shares of Common  Stock
may  not  be  freely tradeable by virtue of Section 1145  of  the
Bankruptcy Code.

Placement Agent's Warrants

      The  Company  has  issued to the Placement  Agent  and  its
authorized  dealers  five  year  warrants  (the  "Warrants")   to
purchase  500,000 Shares of Common Stock, subject  to  adjustment
under  certain circumstances.  The Warrants shall be  exercisable
at  any  time  during a period of four years  commencing  at  the
beginning of the second year after their issuance and sale  at  a
price  equal to 100% of the initial Conversion Price  subject  to
adjustment under certain circumstances.  The Company has  granted
certain  customary  "piggyback" and "demand" registration  rights
with respect to the Warrants.

            CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
                                
      The following summary is a general discussion of certain of
the  Federal income tax consequences of the Restructuring to  the
Company  and the purchase of Debentures to prospective investors.
The  summary is based upon relevant provisions of the  Code,  the
applicable  Treasury  Regulations  promulgated  thereunder   (the
"Treasury Regulations" or "Regulations"), judicial authority  and
current  administrative rulings and practice, all  of  which  are
subject  to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.  The Company
has not requested a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the
"Service") with respect to these matters.

Tax Consequences of the Restructuring to the Company

     Discharge of Indebtedness

      Under the Code, a taxpayer generally must include in  gross
income  the amount of any discharged indebtedness realized during
the  taxable  year.  No income is recognized,  however,  where  a
taxpayer  has a discharge of indebtedness while under Chapter  11
of  the  Bankruptcy  Code, provided the  taxpayer  is  under  the
jurisdiction of the court and the cancellation of indebtedness is
granted  by  the court or is pursuant to a plan approved  by  the
court.   However, the Code generally provides that the amount  so
excluded  from income reduces the tax attributes (see  below)  of
the  taxpayer.   The  Code,  as in effect  on  the  date  of  the
Restructuring,  contained  an exception  to  the  rule  requiring
reduction of tax attributes (the "Stock-for-Debt Exception")  for
a  debtor  corporation that transfers its own stock to a creditor
in  satisfaction  of its indebtedness while such  corporation  is
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

      The  Stock-for-Debt Exception does not  apply  when,  among
other tests, "nominal or token" shares are issued in exchange for
debt (the "Nominal/Token Rule").  The Nominal/Token Rule has only
been in the Code since 1980 and the Code does not define the term
"nominal  or  token"  shares.   There  were  no  reported   cases
interpreting   the   Nominal/Token  Rule,   nor   were   Treasury
Regulations  or  Revenue Rulings in effect at  the  time  of  the
Restructuring that governed the tax consequences of  this  aspect
of  the  Restructuring (although Regulations were promulgated  by
the Treasury Department prior to the Restructuring, they are only
effective with respect to debt restructuring that occurred  after
the Restructuring was completed).

      If  the  Stock-for-Debt exception does  not  apply  to  the
Company's  issuance  of  stock to creditors  in  satisfaction  of
Company  indebtedness (the "Exchange"), the  Company's  NOLs  and
TCCOs  would be eliminated.  In addition, the Company's tax basis
in  its  assets  would  be reduced, but not below  the  aggregate
liabilities  of  the  reorganized Company immediately  after  the
discharge of indebtedness.

      The  courts  have not yet ruled on what factors  should  be
considered  in determining whether stock issued to  creditors  is
nominal  or  token.   Over  the years the  Service  has  proposed
various methods of applying the Nominal/Token Rule, and, in 1994,
it  adopted  a safe harbor ("Rev. Proc. 94-26") agreeing  not  to
treat  the  issuance of common stock as nominal or token  if  the
value  of common stock issued to creditors for unsecured debt  is
at  least  15%  of  the  value of all stock (including  preferred
stock)  outstanding after that exchange.  The  Exchange  did  not
satisfy   that  safe  harbor.   The  Service  also   has   issued
Regulations  that generally are unfavorable to  the  Company,  in
part  because  they  treat preferred stock  less  favorably  than
common  stock  in applying the Nominal/Token Rule.  Neither  Rev.
Proc.  94-26  nor the Regulations govern the Exchange,  since  by
their  terms  they  do  not  apply to a  plan  of  reorganization
confirmed by a bankruptcy court before May 18, 1994 and,  in  any
event,  Rev.   Proc.  94-26 only sets forth  a  safe  harbor  for
taxpayers that meet its test.  Although no assurance can be given
that  a  court would reject the Service's interpretation  of  the
Nominal/Token Rule and although there is no definitive applicable
precedent,  counsel believes that the better  view  is  that  the
stock issued to creditors in satisfaction of Company indebtedness
was not nominal or token and thus the Exchange should qualify for
the  Stock-for-Debt Exception.  In rendering its opinion, counsel
relied  on  certain factual representations made by  the  Company
about  the  value  of stock and other consideration  received  by
creditors  and  others under the Plan and  about  the  amount  of
unsecured debt held by creditors at the time of the Exchange. The
balance  of  the description of Tax Consequences to  the  Company
assumes  that  the  Stock-for-Debt  Exception  applies   to   the
Exchange.

     Tax Attributes

     For Federal income tax purposes, the Company has substantial
consolidated NOLs and consolidated TCCOs.  As of March 31,  1995,
the Company had approximately $95 million of NOLs.  The Company's
ability  to utilize the NOLs is materially limited under  Section
382 of the Code, as discussed below.

      As  of  March 31, 1995, the Company had approximately  $1.1
million  of  TCCOs,  which all expire  in  1996.   The  Company's
ability to utilize the TCCOs is limited under Section 383 of  the
Code,  which applies rules similar to those limiting  NOLs  under
Section 382, as discussed below.

     Sections 382 and 383 of the Code provide rules governing the
utilization  of  a  corporation's NOLs  and  TCCOs  following  an
"ownership  change." An ownership change occurs, in  general,  if
the   percentage  of  stock  owned  by  one  or  more  "5-percent
stockholders" has increased, in the aggregate, by  more  than  50
percentage  points  relative to the lowest  percentage  of  stock
owned  by such 5-percent stockholders during a specified  period.
For this purpose, all stock owned by persons who own less than 5%
of a corporation's stock is generally treated as stock owned by a
single 5-percent stockholder.

      An ownership change occurred with respect to the Company on
March  31,  1994 as a result of the Restructuring.   Accordingly,
the  amount  of the Company's taxable income in any  year  ending
after  the  ownership change that may be offset by its  prechange
NOLs  (or  TCCOs),  in  general, is limited  to  an  amount  (the
"Section  382 Limitation") equal to the product of (i) the  value
of   the  Company's  outstanding  stock  immediately  after   the
Restructuring and (ii) 5.15%, the long-term tax exempt  rate  (as
published  by  the  Treasury Department)  for  ownership  changes
occurring  during  March 1994.  The Company  estimates  that  the
annual  Section 382 Limitation will be approximately  $2,200,000.
In  addition, if the Company had either net built-in gains or net
built-in  losses (as defined in the Code) above certain threshold
levels, and those gains or losses are actually recognized  within
a  five  year period, the effect would be to either increase  the
Section  382 Limitation by such gains recognized, or treat  those
losses recognized as pre-change losses, respectively.

      In  addition  to this Debenture Offering,  the  Company  is
considering a number of other transactions, and there are certain
other  possible transactions beyond the Company's control, which,
in  the aggregate, may trigger a second, future, ownership change
within  the  meaning of Section 382.  A second  ownership  change
could  cause  the  amount of the Section  382  Limitation  to  be
reduced below $2,200,000, thereby reducing the value of the  NOLs
to the Company.

      However,  in the Company's opinion, if an ownership  change
were  to  occur as of the date of this Prospectus, such a further
reduction in the annual Section 382 Limitation would not  result.
While the Section 382 Limitation must be re-calculated after each
ownership  change,  in the case of successive ownership  changes,
the  smallest of the Section 382 Limitations will be  applicable.
The Company's market value and the long term tax exempt rate have
both increased since the initial ownership change.

      The  Section  382  Limitation  is  reduced  to  zero  if  a
corporation  does  not  continue its business  enterprise  (i.e.,
maintain a significant line of business) for the two-year  period
following  the  ownership change.  In addition,  a  corporation's
ability to utilize its NOLs and TCCOs will be disallowed  if  the
corporation  is  acquired  for  the  principal  purpose  of   tax
avoidance  (see the discussion below relating to Section  269  of
the Code).

      Section  269 of the Code authorizes the Service to disallow
any  deduction,  credit, or other allowance of a  corporation  if
control  (i.e.,  ownership of stock having at least  50%  of  the
voting  power  or  value of all of the corporation's  outstanding
stock) of the corporation is acquired principally for the purpose
of  evading  or  avoiding Federal income taxes  by  securing  the
benefit of such deduction, credit, or other allowance.  While the
existence  of  a  principal tax-avoidance  purpose  is  purely  a
question  of fact, and thus not one on which counsel  can  opine,
the  Company  believes that Section 269 of the  Code  should  not
apply  to  the  transactions  provided  for  under  the  Plan  of
Reorganization.

     Tax-free Reorganization

      Code  section 368(a)(1)(G) classifies as a "reorganization"
(a  "(G) reorganization") a transfer by a corporation (e.g.,  the
predecessor  Company) of all or a part of its assets  to  another
corporation (e.g., the post-merger Company, sometimes referred to
as  "Emerson  (Del)")  in a Chapter 11  case,  but  only  if,  in
pursuance  of  the  plan, stock or securities of  the  transferee
(e.g.,  Emerson  (Del)) are distributed in  a  transaction  which
qualifies  under Code sections 354, 355 or 356 (the "Distribution
Requirement").  In addition, a so-called "continuity of  interest
test"  must  be  satisfied.   As a tax-free  reorganization,  the
Company  would  not  recognize gain or loss as a  result  of  the
Restructuring  and the Company would succeed to  the  predecessor
Company's tax attributes.

      If  a  court  were to find that the Restructuring  did  not
constitute  a  reorganization  within  the  meaning  of   Section
368(a)(1)  of  the Code, the principal tax consequence  would  be
that  the  Company would not succeed to the predecessor Company's
tax  attributes (so that, for example, the Company could not  use
the predecessor Company's NOL carryforward or TCCO carryforward);
further,  the  Company's tax basis in certain of  the  assets  it
acquired   from   the  predecessor  Company  as   part   of   the
Restructuring  would be less than the predecessor  Company's  tax
basis  in  those assets immediately before the Restructuring  was
consummated,  so  that  the Company's  taxable  income  could  be
greater  than  it  would  be if the Restructuring  constituted  a
tax-free reorganization.

      To  satisfy the aforementioned continuity of interest test,
the  equity  owners  of a corporation generally  must  receive  a
substantial portion of their total consideration in stock.  It is
not  certain  who  is  treated  as  an  equity  owner  in  a  (G)
reorganization, or what percentage of the consideration given  to
those  equity  owners must be in the form of stock, to  establish
continuity  of  interest.  Based on the Company's  representation
that  more  than 38.5% of the consideration received  by  certain
claimants  under the Plan of Reorganization was in  the  form  of
stock,  and the fact that no stock was issued to any creditor  on
account of claims in classes more senior than such aforementioned
claimants, counsel believed that it was more likely than not that
the  continuity  of  interest test was met in the  Restructuring.
That  conclusion  was  based in part on  the  Bankruptcy  Court's
determination that the Company's former shareholders received  no
property   for  their  Old  Common  Stock  under  the   Plan   of
Reorganization.

       To   satisfy  the  Distribution  Requirement  of   a   (G)
reorganization,  Company stock must have been  distributed  to  a
creditor  in exchange for a security.  While there is  no  bright
line  test  of  what constitutes a "security" for  this  purpose,
counsel was of the opinion, based on applicable case law, that it
was  more  likely than not that the distribution requirement  was
satisfied  in  the Restructuring by the distribution  of  Company
stock to certain of the creditors in exchange for notes they held
of the predecessor Company.

      The  Company believes that the Restructuring is a  tax-free
reorganization and has obtained an opinion of counsel that it  is
more  likely  than not that the Restructuring constituted  a  (G)
reorganization.   That opinion relied on certain assumptions  and
representations  of  the  Company  (as  to  valuation,   business
matters,   and   the  intentions  of  certain  parties   to   the
Restructuring).

     Personal Holding Company Status

      Under  the  Code,  a corporation will be  designated  as  a
"Personal   Holding  Company,"  and  taxed  at   39.6%   of   its
"undistributed personal holding company income," if (in  general)
at  any  time during the last half of the taxable year more  than
50%  in  value of its outstanding stock is owned by, or on behalf
of,   five  or  fewer  individuals,  and  at  least  60%  of  the
corporation's   adjusted  ordinary  gross  income   consists   of
"personal  holding  company  income."  Personal  holding  company
income  is  defined to include such passive types  of  income  as
dividends,  interest, royalties, annuities,  and  certain  rents,
among  others.  Undistributed personal holding company income  is
defined  as  the  undistributed  (i.e.   dividend  distributions)
portion  of  taxable income, with certain adjustments;  the  most
notable  is the allowance of a deduction for Federal income  tax,
but there also is an elimination of NOL carryforwards, other than
the  immediately  preceding  year's  NOL  (i.e.,  the  excess  of
deductions over income).  The tax imposed on the personal holding
company  is in addition to the regular income tax and alternative
minimum tax.

      The Company expects that the stock ownership test described
above  may be met indirectly by reason of the ownership of Common
Stock  by  Fidenas International, Elision and GSE.   However,  it
also  is the Company's expectation, based on the type and  amount
of  income  the  Company expects to generate, that  the  personal
holding company tax described above will not be applicable.

     Alternative Minimum Tax

      Under  the corporate alternative minimum tax, a 20% tax  is
imposed on a corporation's alternative minimum taxable income  if
such tax exceeds the regular Federal income tax otherwise payable
by  the  corporation.  The Company believes that the consummation
of  the  Plan of Reorganization should not have a material effect
on the Company's alternative minimum tax liability.

      If  the  Company  had a net unrealized  built-in  loss  (as
described  above) at the time of the ownership change, the  basis
of each of the Company's assets will be written up or down to its
fair  market value in computing the Company's alternative minimum
tax  liability.  A write-down may trigger additional  alternative
minimum tax as assets are depreciated or sold.

     State Taxes

     The merger of the predecessor of the Company into a Delaware
subsidiary  may cause the Company to lose certain  of  its  state
NOLs for state income tax purposes.


Certain   Federal  Income  Tax  Consequences  to   Investors   in
Debentures

      The  following discussion, which summarizes various  United
States   federal  income  tax  consequences  of   ownership   and
disposition  of  the  Debentures to purchasers  thereof,  is  for
general information only. This summary deals only with Debentures
held as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of  the
Code  by  holders  who  are purchasers of  the  Debentures.   The
discussion  assumes  that  the Debentures  will  constitute  debt
rather  than equity for federal income tax purposes. No assurance
can be given that the tax treatment described below to holders of
the  Debentures will be accepted by the Service  or  a  court  of
competent jurisdiction. The following summary does not purport to
be   a  complete  analysis  or  listing  of  all  potential   tax
considerations  that  may be relevant to a decision  to  purchase
Debentures.

      This  discussion  does not address all aspects  of  federal
income  taxation that may be relevant to particular investors  in
light  of  their personal circumstances, or to certain  types  of
investors  subject  to  special treatment  under  the  Code  (for
example, foreign individuals or entities, S corporations, certain
estates    and   trusts,   insurance   companies,   tax    exempt
organizations,  taxpayers subject to the US  alternative  minimum
tax, financial institutions, brokers, dealers or holders that own
10%  or  more  of the voting power of the Company) and  does  not
address  any  aspect of state, local or foreign tax laws  or  any
estate tax, gift tax or generation-skipping tax considerations.

     Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax
advisors concerning the tax consequences of acquiring, owning,
converting and disposing of Debentures.

Distribution of Stock and Stock Rights

      Although  Code  Section 305 generally provides  that  gross
income  does  not include the amount of a corporation's  pro-rata
distribution  of   stock  to  its  shareholders  (i.e.,  a  stock
dividend),    under   certain   circumstances,    such    as    a
disproportionate   distribution  or  certain   distributions   of
preferred  stock,   stock  distributions  may  be  taxable  as  a
dividend. In addition, Sections 301 and 305 provide that  certain
changes  in  the  conversion ratio or redemption  price  of,  for
example,   convertible  securities,  that  have  the  effect   of
increasing the proportionate interest of certain shareholders  in
the  assets or earnings and profits of the corporation (which for
these  purposes includes owners of convertible debt  securities),
may  be  taxable  as a dividend to those shareholders.   Treasury
Regulations explain that where there is a "full adjustment"  to a
conversion   ratio  by  reason  of  a  stock  dividend   to   the
shareholders  of  a corporation, in general, an increase  in  the
proportionate  interest  will not be  deemed  to  have  occurred.
Furthermore, a change in the conversion ratio or conversion price
of   convertible  securities  made  pursuant  to  a  bona   fide,
reasonable,   adjustment  formula,  which  has  the   effect   of
preventing  dilution  of  the interest of  the  holders  of  such
securities,  generally  will not be considered  to  result  in  a
deemed  distribution  of stock.  However, an  adjustment  in  the
conversion  ratio to reflect changes in the market price  of  the
common  stock may have the effect of increasing the proportionate
interest of the convertible securities owners, as that concept is
explained in the Treasury Regulations.

      The  Indenture provides that the Conversion Price  will  be
adjusted upon the occurrence of certain circumstances, or if  the
Company  deems  such  adjustments advisable  so  that  an  event,
otherwise  treated as a taxable stock distribution, will  not  be
taxable  to  the shareholders of Common Stock. There  can  be  no
assurance  that some of the adjustments, more fully described  in
the  Indenture, would not result in a deemed taxable dividend  to
the Holders under Sections 301 and 305. In such case, Holders may
recognize  income as a result of an event pursuant to which  they
receive no cash or property that could be used to pay the related
income  tax.  Holders of the Debentures are advised  to   consult
with their tax advisors to more fully appreciate the potential of
taxable   dividend  distributions  upon  such  conversion   price
modifications  (but see "Taxation of Debenture  Holders"   below,
including the discussion regarding the requirement that a company
have  undistributed current or accumulated earnings  and  profits
for a distribution to be taxable as dividend).

     Taxation of Debenture Holders

      Stated Interest: Interest on a Debenture will be taxable to
a  holder  as  ordinary income in accordance  with  the  holder's
method  of  accounting at the time that such interest  is  either
accrued or received.

     Market Discount:  Subject to a statutory de minimis rule, if
a  Holder  purchases a Debenture for an amount that is less  than
its  principal amount, the Debenture generally will be considered
to  bear "market discount" in the hands of such holder.  In  such
case,  gain  realized by such holder on the  disposition  of  the
Debenture  generally will be treated as ordinary interest  income
to  the extent of the market discount that accrued while held  by
such  holder (to the extent not previously included in income  by
such  holder  pursuant  to an election  to  include  such  market
discount  in income as it accrues).  Any accrued market  discount
not previously included in income as of the date of conversion of
a  Debenture  will  carry over to the Common  Stock  received  on
conversion  and generally any gain recognized upon the subsequent
disposition  of  the  Common Stock will be  treated  as  ordinary
income to the extent of such market discount.  Market discount on
a  Debenture  will  be  treated  as  accruing  ratably  over  the
remaining  term  of  the Debenture, or at  the  election  of  the
holder,  under a constant yield method.  A holder of a  Debenture
acquired  at  a  market  discount may be required  to  defer  the
deduction of all or a portion of any interest paid or accrued  on
any  indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry  the
Debenture  until  the  Debenture is  disposed  of  in  a  taxable
transaction.  Deferral of the deduction is not required, however,
if the holder elects to include accrued market discount in income
currently.

      Bond Premium:  If, as a result of purchasing a Debenture at
a  premium  or  otherwise, a holder's adjusted  tax  basis  in  a
Debenture  exceeds its stated principal amount, such  excess  may
constitute amortizable bond premium that the holder may elect  to
amortize, using a constant yield method, over the remaining  term
of  the  Debenture.  Special rules apply which  may  require  the
amount  of  the  premium  and  the  amortization  thereof  to  be
determined  with reference to the optional redemption  price  and
data  of  the  Debentures.  Amortizable  bond  premium  does  not
include any amount attributable to the conversion feature of  the
Debentures.  The amount attributable to the conversion feature of
the Debentures is determined by reference to the market price  of
comparable instruments not having conversion features.

       Conversion  of  Debenture  into  Common  Stock:  A  holder
generally will not recognize gain or loss on the conversion of  a
Debenture into Common Stock, except with respect to cash received
in  lieu of a fractional share. The holding period of the  Common
Stock  received  by  the holder upon conversion  of  a  Debenture
generally will include the period during which the Debenture  was
held  prior to the conversion.  The holder's aggregate tax  basis
in  the  Common  Stock received upon conversion  of  a  Debenture
generally  will  equal the holder's aggregate tax  basis  in  the
Debenture  exchanged (reduced by the portion  allocable  to  cash
received in lieu of a fractional share).

      A  holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss  in
connection  with any cash received in lieu of a fractional  share
in  an amount equal to the difference between the amount of  cash
received and the holder's tax basis in the fractional share.

     Sale, Exchange or Retirement of a Debenture or Common Stock:
A  holder of a Debenture (or the Common Stock into which  it  was
converted) generally will recognize capital gain or loss upon the
sale,  exchange, redemption, retirement or other  disposition  of
the  Debenture  (or the Common Stock) measured by the  difference
between  the amount realized (except to the extent the amount  is
attributable  to  accrued interest income, which  is  taxable  as
ordinary income)  and the holder's tax basis in the Debenture (or
the  Common Stock). The gain or loss on such disposition will  be
long  term  capital gain or loss if the Debenture (or the  Common
Stock)  has been held for more than one year at the time of  such
disposition.

       Distributions made by the Company with respect  to  Common
Stock  will  constitute  dividends  for  US  federal  income  tax
purposes to the extent of the Company's undistributed current  or
accumulated earnings and profits. Distributions in excess of  the
Company's  current or accumulated earnings and  profits  will  be
treated  first  as  a nontaxable return of capital  reducing  the
holder's tax basis in the Common Stock. Any such distributions in
excess  of the holder's basis in the Common Stock will be treated
as  capital gain to the holder. There can be no assurance  as  to
the  characterization of any distribution for US  federal  income
tax purposes.

      Distributions paid on the Common Stock that are treated  as
dividends  for US federal income tax purposes will be  includable
in   the   holder's  income  as  ordinary  income.   A  corporate
shareholder that receives a dividend may be eligible to  claim  a
dividends  received  deduction. Further, the  dividends  received
deduction  will  be  limited  to  specific  percentages  of   the
corporate  shareholder's taxable income and  may  be  reduced  or
eliminated   if   the  corporate  shareholder  has   indebtedness
"directly attributable" (as defined in the Code) to such holder's
investment in the stock.  Further, a corporate shareholder may be
required  to  reduce its basis in the Common Stock by  an  amount
generally  equal  to  the dividends received deduction  allowable
with  respect  to  an  "extraordinary  dividend"  (generally,   a
dividend or aggregate successive dividends greater than or  equal
to  10% of a corporate shareholder's basis in Common Stock)  paid
with  respect to such stock if such shareholder has not held  the
stock  for  more than two years before the dividend  announcement
date.

      Backup  Withholding:  A holder may be  subject  to  "backup
withholding"  at  the rate of 31% with respect  to  interest  (or
dividends),  or the proceeds from a sale, exchange or  redemption
of  a  Debenture  (or Common Stock into which the  Debenture  was
converted).   Such  withholding generally  applies  only  if  the
holder  (i)  fails to furnish a social security number  or  other
taxpayer  identification number ("TIN") within a reasonable  time
after  the  request  therefor, (ii) furnishes an  incorrect  TIN,
(iii)  is  notified by the Service that it has failed to properly
report  payments  of interest or dividends and  the  Service  has
notified  the  Company  that  the holder  is  subject  to  backup
withholding,  or  (iv)  fails, under  certain  circumstances,  to
provide  a certified statement, signed under penalty of  perjury,
that the TIN provided is the holder's correct number and that the
holder is not subject to backup withholding.  Any amount withheld
from a payment to a holder under the backup withholding rules  is
allowable  as a credit against such holder's federal  income  tax
liability.

      Certain  US  Holders are exempt from backup withholding  if
their   exempt  status  is  established  properly.   Holders   of
Debentures  should  consult  their  tax  advisors  as  to   their
qualification  for  exemption from  backup  withholding  and  the
procedure for obtaining such an exemption.

      The  Company  will report to holders and  the  Service  the
amount  of any "reportable payments" for each calendar  year  and
the  amount of tax withheld, if any, with respect to payments  on
the Debentures or Common Stock.

                     SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

      The  table below lists all holders of Debentures as of  the
date  hereof  (the  "Selling  Securityholders")  and  sets  forth
certain  information  with  respect  to  the  ownership  of   the
Debentures prior to any sales of Debentures or underlying  shares
of  Common  Stock hereunder by the Selling Securityholders.   All
outstanding  Debentures are covered by this Prospectus.   To  the
knowledge of the Company, none of the Selling Securityholders has
had any position, office, or other material relationship with the
Company  within  the past three years, except as a securityholder
of  the  Company.  This Prospectus also covers the  Common  Stock
issuable  upon  the conversion of the Debentures.   None  of  the
Selling Securityholders, except Guardian Life Insurance Co. which
beneficially owns approximately 1.8% of the Common Stock assuming
conversion of all Debentures, beneficially owns 1.0% or  more  of
the Common Stock.

                                      AGGREGATE        PERCENTAGE OF
                                  PRINCIPAL AMOUNT         CLASS
NAME OF SELLING SECURITYHOLDER   OF DEBENTURES OWNED      ON DATE
                                                           HEREOF
                                                              
Michaelangelo, L.P.                $200,000                   *
Raphael, L.P.                       200,000                   *
Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P.          100,000                   *
International Forest Products        50,000                   *
Holy Cross                           50,000                   *
Brandeis University                  50,000                   *
Boston College                      100,000                   *
ECH Fund                             50,000                   *
Chestnut Hill Fund L.P.             700,000                   3.4%
Credit Suisse-Zurich              1,000,000                   4.8
Kinder Investments L.P.             500,000                   2.4
Bancroft Convertible Fund           750,000                   3.6
Ellsworth Convertible Fund          750,000                   3.6
Deltec Asset Management Corporation 400,000                   1.9
Deutsche Bank AG London             500,000                   2.4
F. Barry, M. Ferrigno, and B.                          
  Allen DVMS Profit Sharing Plan        
  Dated 7/1/73                       50,000                   * 
Forest Fulcrum Fund L.P.            500,000                   2.4
Investors Bank & Trust Company      300,000                   1.4
Chase Manhattan Bank for Jack       
  Sater Corp.                       200,000                   *
Guardian Life Insurance Co.       3,200,000                  15.4
Guardian Pension Trust Fund         300,000                   1.4
John N. Kapoor, Trustee of the                         
John N. Kapoor Trust dated
  September 20, 1989                 50,000                   *
Virginia Retirement System          226,000                   1.1
Montgomery Value                    281,000                   1.4
Outboard Marine                     236,000                   1.1
Donaldson Company                    54,000                   *
Schwan's Profit Sharing Trust        89,000                   *
Wacker Chemical                      10,000                   *
City of New Haven                    35,000                   *
Oklahoma Law Enforcement             71,000                   *
Michigan Municipal Employees        
  Retirement System                 305,000                   1.5           
Monsanto Master Trust               193,000                   *
Offshore Strategies, L.P.           500,000                   2.4
Laterman Strategies 90's, L.P.      300,000                   1.4
Laterman & Co., L.P.                200,000                   *        
Nicholas Applegate Income &       
Growth Fund                       1,000,000                   4.8             
San Diego County                  1,000,000                   4.8
Prospect Street High Income         
Portfolio                           750,000                   3.6
Putnam Global Growth Fund         1,500,000                   7.2
Putnam Capital Appreciation Fund    500,000                   2.4
Putnam Capital Manager Trust -
  PCM Global Growth Fund            500,000                   2.4 
Robertson Stephens Growth &         
  Income Fund                       500,000                   2.4
The Bond Fund for Growth          1,500,000                   7.2
Catholic Pension                    200,000                   *
Zazove Convertible Fund             650,000                   3.1
United National Insurance Co.                          
  Convertible Non-Investment Grade  150,000                   *                
                                                       
________
*Less than 1.0%

     From time to time this Prospectus may be supplemented and
amended as required by the Securities Act of 1933, and during any
time when a supplement or amendment is so required, the Selling
Securityholders will cease sales until the Prospectus is so
supplemented or amended.

                      PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

      The distribution of the Debentures and/or underlying shares
of  Common  Stock by the Selling Securityholders may be  effected
from  time to time in one or more transactions (which may involve
block  transactions) (i) on the American Stock Exchange  or  such
other   national  security  exchanges  on  which  the   Company's
securities  are listed, in transactions that may include  special
offerings   and  exchange  distributions  pursuant  to   and   in
accordance with the rules of such exchanges, (ii) in the over-the-
counter  market, or (iii) in transactions otherwise than on  such
exchanges  or in the over-the-counter market, or in a combination
of  any such transactions.  Such transactions may be effected  by
the  Selling Securityholders at market prices prevailing  at  the
time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices,
at   negotiated   prices  or  at  fixed  prices.    The   Selling
Securityholders  may  effect  such transactions  by  selling  the
Debentures and/or underlying shares of Common Stock to or through
broker-dealers and such broker-dealers will receive  compensation
in  the  form  of  discounts  or  commissions  from  the  Selling
Securityholders and may receive commissions from  the  purchasers
of  such  securities  for  whom they  may  act  as  agent  (which
discounts or commissions from the Selling Securityholders or such
purchasers  will  not  exceed those  customary  in  the  type  of
transactions involved).

       Any  broker-dealers  that  participate  with  the  Selling
Securityholders  in the distribution of such  securities  may  be
deemed  to be "underwriters" within the meaning of the Securities
Act  of  1933, and any commissions or discounts received by  such
broker-dealers  and  any  profit  on  the  resale  of  the   such
securities  by  such  broker-dealers  might  be  deemed   to   be
underwriting discounts and commissions under such act.

      Pursuant to Registration Rights Agreements with the initial
holders of the Debentures, the Company is obligated to file  with
the Commission and cause to become effective by December 21, 1995
a  Registration  Statement  on such form  as  the  Company  deems
appropriate  covering resales of the Debentures (and  resales  of
the  securities issuable upon conversion thereof) by the  holders
of  the  Debentures.  The Company shall use its best  efforts  to
keep  the  Registration Statement continuously  effective  for  a
period of three years from the effective date of the Registration
Statement or such shorter period that will terminate when all  of
the  Debentures (and the securities issuable upon  conversion  of
the  Debentures) covered by the Registration Statement have  been
sold  pursuant to such Registration Statement.  In the event  the
Company  fails  to  cause the Registration  Statement  to  become
effective  by  December  21,  1995,  or  fails  to  maintain  the
effectiveness of such Registration Statement under the Securities
Act  during the three year period from the effective date of  the
Registration  Statement,  then  the  Indenture  provides  for  an
increase in the interest rate payable on the Debentures  and  the
Debentures and underlying securities may not be sold or otherwise
transferred except in limited circumstances.

Certain   Restrictions   on  Officers,  Directors   and   Certain
Stockholders

     Except upon the prior written consent of the Company and the
Placement   Agent,  all  officers,  directors  and   stockholders
beneficially  owing  five percent or more  of  the  Common  Stock
(including,  but  not limited to Mr. Jurick and each  of  Fidenas
International,  Elision, and GSE (collectively,  the  "Affiliated
Companies")),  have  agreed  not  to  sell,  offer  to  sell,  or
otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly  (either
pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or otherwise)  (the
"Lock-up")   any  shares  of  Common  Stock  or  any   securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common  Stock
owned  by  them  for  a  period of not less  than  twelve  months
following  the effective date of the Registration Statement  (the
"Lock-up  Period"); provided, however, that  (i)  Mr.  Eugene  I.
Davis  may sell up to an aggregate 90,000 shares of Common Stock;
(ii)  Mr.  Jurick or the Affiliated Companies may  (a)  sell,  in
accordance  with  applicable law, up to an aggregate  maximum  of
2,000,000 shares of Common Stock to a Company-sponsored qualified
Employee  Stock  Ownership Plan, (b) transfer or pledge  for  the
benefit  of the plaintiffs in the litigation described at  "Legal
Proceedings - Litigation Relating to Outstanding Common Stock" up
to   an   additional  3,000,000  shares  of  Common  Stock   (the
"Settlement Shares"); provided, however, that the Placement Agent
will act as the exclusive placement agent in connection with  any
such  transfer  of  Settlement Shares, with the  Placement  Agent
receiving  a cash commission of $0.10 per Settlement Share  sold,
and further provided, that the proceeds from the sale or transfer
of  the  Settlement Shares shall be used for the sole purpose  of
final  settlement of the above-referenced litigation and  payment
of legal fees in connection therewith; and (c) upon prior written
notice  to  the  Placement Agent, enter into transactions  during
such  period  which  would  otherwise  be  prohibited  up  to  an
aggregate  maximum of 1,000,000 shares of Common  Stock  provided
that  (A) with respect to a sale, the purchaser agrees in writing
with  the Placement Agent to be bound by the Lock-up or (B)  with
respect  to  any transfer other than an unconditional  sale,  all
shares  not  subject to such transfer not be finally transferable
to the transferee until the expiration of the Lock-up Period; and
(iii)   the   shares  of  Common  Stock  as  to   which   Fidenas
International holds as nominee shall not be subject to the  Lock-
Up.   The  parties subject to the Lock-up have consented  to  the
placing of certain legends and stop transfer instructions.

                             EXPERTS
                                
     The consolidated financial statements of Emerson Radio Corp.
and  Subsidiaries at March 31, 1995 and 1994, and for  the  years
ended  March 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, appearing in the Prospectus
have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors,  as
set  forth  in  their report appearing elsewhere herein  and  are
included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of
such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

                          LEGAL MATTERS
                                
      Certain  legal  matters in connection with this  Prospectus
will be passed upon for the Company by Lowenstein, Sandler, Kohl,
Fisher & Boylan, P.A., of Roseland, New Jersey.
                                
                      AVAILABLE INFORMATION
                                
      The Company is subject to the informational requirements of
the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  and   in
accordance therewith files reports and other information with the
Commission.  Such reports and other information can be  inspected
and   copied  (at  prescribed  rates)  at  the  public  reference
facilities  maintained by the Commission  at  450  Fifth  Street,
N.W., Room 1024, Washington, DC 20549 or at the regional offices,
located  at 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, NY  10007
and  Citicorp  Center,  500  West  Madison  Street,  Suite  1400,
Chicago,  Illinois 60661.  The Common Stock is  listed  with  the
American   Stock   Exchange,  and  certain  reports   and   other
information  concerning  the Company  may  be  inspected  at  the
offices  of the American Stock Exchange at 86 Trinity Place,  New
York, New York, 10006-1881.

           Index to Consolidated Financial Statements:

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements:
Report of Ernst & Young LLP                                 F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
  March 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993                             F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 1995 and 1994      F-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
  for the years ended March 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993         F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
  March 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993                             F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                  F-7
Schedule  VIII -- Valuation and Qualifying 
  Accounts and  Reserves                                    F-27

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements:

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the
    three months ended June 30, 1995 and 1994               F-28
Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 1995
    and March 31, 1995                                      F-29
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the
    three months ended June 30, 1995 and 1994               F-30
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                  F-31

      ALL  OTHER  SCHEDULES  ARE OMITTED  BECAUSE  THEY  ARE  NOT
APPLICABLE OR THE REQUIRED INFORMATION IS SHOWN IN THE  FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS OR NOTES THERETO.

                 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
                                
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of Emerson Radio Corp.

We  have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets  of
Emerson  Radio Corp. and Subsidiaries as of March  31,  1995  and
1994,  and  the  related consolidated statements  of  operations,
shareholders'  equity, and cash flows for the years  ended  March
31,  1995,  1994  and 1993.  These financial statements  are  the
responsibility  of the Company's management.  Our  responsibility
is  to express an opinion on these financial statements based  on
our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits in accordance with generally  accepted
auditing  standards.  Those standards require that  we  plan  and
perform  the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about  whether
the financial statements are free of material misstatements.   An
audit  includes  examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts  and  disclosures in the financial  statements.   An
audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used  and
significant  estimates made by management, as well as  evaluating
the  overall  financial statement presentation.  We believe  that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to
above  present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial  position  of Emerson Radio Corp. and  Subsidiaries  at
March  31,  1995  and 1994 and the consolidated  results  of  its
operations  and  cash flows for the years ended March  31,  1995,
1994  and  1993, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.

As  discussed in Note H to the financial statements, in the  year
ended  March  31,  1994,  the  Company  changed  its  method   of
accounting for income taxes.


                                        ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New York, New York
May 24, 1995


                 EMERSON RADIO CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                 (In thousands, except per share data)
                                   
                                            Years Ended March 31,
                                           1995       1994       1993
                                                         
Net sales                                $654,671  $487,390   $741,357 

Costs and expenses:                                      
 Costs of sales                           604,329    486,536   674,855
 Other operating costs and expenses         8,771     12,001    19,026
 Selling, general and                      31,047     34,552    49,508
  administrative expenses
 Restructuring and other                                        35,002
nonrecurring charges
                                          644,147     533,089   778,391
Operating profit (loss)                    10,524     (45,699)  (37,034)
                                        
Interest expense                            2,882      10,243     18,257
Earnings (loss) before               
  reorganization costs and taxes            7,642     (55,942)   (55,291)     
Reorganization items:                                    
 Writedown of assets                                   12,914     
 Professional fees and other                            4,545      
   related expenses
 Interest earned on accumulated                           (74)       
   cash
                                              -        17,385       -
Earnings (loss) before income                             
  taxes and extraordinary gain              7,642     (73,327)   (55,291)
Provision for income taxes                    267         327        709
Earnings (loss) before              
  extraordinary gain                        7,375     (73,654)   (56,000) 
Extraordinary gain on                         
  extinguishment of debt                              129,155
Net earnings (loss)                        $7,375    $ 55,501   $(56,000)
                                                        
Net earnings (loss) per common share:
 Before extraordinary gain                  $0.16      ($1.93)    ($1.47)
 Extraordinary gain                                      3.38       
Net earnings (loss)                         $0.16       $1.45     ($1.47)
Weighted average number of common                         
  and common equivalent shares             46,571      38,191     38,179
  outstanding
Pro Forma:                                               
 Loss per common share                               $  (1.51)
 Weighted average number of                               
   common shares outstanding                           33,333
                                   
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
                         financial statements.

                  EMERSON RADIO CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                   (In thousands, except share data)
                                   

                                               March 31,

                   ASSETS                       1995          1994

Current Assets:                                                    
 Cash and cash equivalents                    $ 17,020        $ 21,623
 Accounts receivable (less allowances of        34,309          20,131
    $9,350 and $6,442, respectively)
 Inventories                                    35,336          45,980
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets      15,715          20,597
    Total current assets                       102,380         108,331
Property and equipment, net                      4,676           5,256
Other assets                                     6,913           5,434
     Total Assets                             $113,969         119,021
                                                                   
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                           
                                                                   
Current Liabilities:                                               
 Notes payable                               $ 27,296        $ 20,040
 Current maturities of long-term debt             508           1,498
 Accounts payable and other current            18,982          37,378
    liabilities
 Accrued sales returns                          12,713         16,634
 Income taxes payable                              283            533
    Total current liabilities                   59,782         76,083
Long-term debt                                     214            227
Other non-current liabilities                      322             94
Shareholders' Equity:                                              
Preferred stock -- $.01 par value, 1,000,000                        
    shares authorized, 10,000 issued and         9,000          9,000
    outstanding
Common stock -- $.01 par value, 75,000,000                          
    shares authorized; 40,252,772 and 
    33,333,333 shares issued and 
    outstanding, respectively                      403           333
Capital in excess of par value                 107,969       103,427
Accumulated deficit                            (64,086)      (70,761)
Cumulative translation adjustment                  365           618
     Total shareholders' equity                 53,651        42,617
     Total Liabilities and Shareholders'     $ 113,969     $ 119,021
        Equity                                       
                                   
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
                         financial statements.
                                   
 

                      EMERSON RADIO CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
         CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                      (In thousands, except share data)

<TABLE>

                                <C>        <C>           <C>      <C>          <C>          <C>            
                                           Common Shares Issued   Capital                   Cumulative
                                Preferred     Number      Par     in Excess    Accumulated  Translation
                                Stock       of Shares     Value   of Par Value   Deficit    Adjustment
                                                                                                     

<S>                                                                   
Balance - March 31, 1992                     37,978,119  $3,798    $ 63,881     $(70,262)   $  1,103
  Issuance of shares upon                                              
   exercise of stock options
   and distribution of stock grants              59,333       6         113                
  Issuance of stock and warrants to                                                
    Semi-Tech                                   153,847      15         (15)               
  Redemption of stock purchase rights                                   271)              
  Other                                                                  22                     (285)
  Net Loss                                    _________  _______     _______     (56,000)      _______ 
Balance - March 31, 1993                     38,191,299   3,819      63,730      (126,262)       818
 Cancellation of common stock               (38,191,299  (3,819)      3,819              
 Issuance of common stock                    30,000,000     300      29,700
 Issuance of preferred and                                                       
   common stock and warrants                                                      
   pursuant to bankruptcy          
   settlement                     9,000       3,333,333      33       6,192              
 Other                                                                  (14)                    (200)
 Net earnings                     ______      _________  ______      _______       55,501     ________
Balance - March 31, 1994          9,000      33,333,333     333     103,427       (70,761)       618
 Issuance of common stock in                         
   public offering,                           6,149,993      62       5,630              
   net of expenses 
  Issuance of common stock                                               
   to former creditors                          769,446       8          (8)                
  Payment to former creditors                                          (922)              
  Preferred stock dividends                                                         (700)     
  Other                                                                (158)                    (253)
  Net earnings                   ______        ________  ______      _______       7,375      ________
Balance - March 31, 1995       $  9,000      40,252,772  $  403    $107,969      (64,086)     $  365

</TABLE>
 
 The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
                                 statements.
<TABLE>
                   EMERSON RADIO CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                              (In thousands)
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>       <C> 
                                                            Years Ended March 31,
                                                      1995        1994      1993
                                                     
Cash flows from Operating                        
Activities:
  Net earnings (loss)                               $  7,375     $55,501  $(56,000)
  Adjustments to reconcile net                        
    earnings (loss) to net cash
    provided (used) by operating
    activities:                                  
    Depreciation and amortization                      3,876       7,327     6,419
    Extraordinary gain                                         ( 129,155)                                  55)
    Restructuring and other nonrecurring charges        (237)     (9,711)   16,350
    Reorganization expenses                                       12,914   
    Asset valuation and loss reserves loss reserves   (2,031)      8,415     6,495
    Other                                               (969)      2,643     1,570
    Changes in assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable                            (14,805)     12,081    26,769
      Inventories                                     11,032      34,942   (28,884)
      Prepaid expenses and other current assets      ( 5,598)      6,181     4,694
      Other assets                                   (   605)         89      (498)
      Accounts payable and other current 
        liabilities                                   18,633)     27,287     2,981
               
      Income taxes payable                            (  379)       (924)     (194)
    Net cash provided (used) by operations           (20,974)     27,590   (20,298)
    Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
      Additions to property and equipment             (2,874)     (3,552)   (4,859)
      Redemption of (investment in) 
        certificates of deposit                        8,455        (500)   (4,000)
    Other                                                110         114      (134)
  Net cash provided (used) by investing activities     5,691      (3,938)   (8,993)
                                                 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:                
  Net borrowings under line of credit facility         7,256      20,040    25,366
  Proceeds from issuances of common stock              5,692      30,000       125
  Retirement of long-term debt                         ( 500)        (30)   (  600)
  Payment of former creditors                          ( 922)               
  Payment of preferred stock dividends                 ( 525)               
  Redemption of stock purchase rights                  ( 271)
  Payment of pre-petition obligations               ( 75,000)        
  Payment of debt costs                             (  2,139)                                          )
  Other                                                ( 321)        (83)     ( 49)
  Net cash provided (used) by financing activities    10,680     (27,212)   24,571
  Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents          ( 4,603)     (3,560)  ( 4,720) 
  Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year      21,623      25,183    29,903
  Cash and cash equivalents at end of year            17,020      21,623    25,183
                                     
      The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
                           financial statements.

                        EMERSON RADIO CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                    March 31, 1995

Note A -- Significant Accounting Policies:

(1)  Basis of Presentation:

      The  consolidated financial statements include the accounts
of  Emerson Radio Corp. and its majority-owned subsidiaries  (the
"Company").    All  significant  intercompany  transactions   and
balances  have  been eliminated.  A 50% ownership of  a  domestic
joint venture is accounted for by the equity method (see Note N).
Historical  cost accounting was used to account for the  plan  of
reorganization (the "Plan of Reorganization") (see Note B)  since
the   transaction  did  not  meet  the  criteria   required   for
fresh-start reporting.

      Certain  prior  year information has been  reclassified  to
conform with the current year presentation.

(2)  Cash and Cash Equivalents:

      Short-term  investments with original maturities  of  three
months or less at the time of purchase are considered to be  cash
equivalents.   The carrying amount reported in the balance  sheet
for cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value.

(3)  Inventories:

      Inventories  are  stated at the lower  of  cost  (first-in,
first-out) or market.

(4)  Property and Equipment:

     Property and equipment, stated at cost, is being depreciated
for  financial  accounting purposes on the  straight-line  method
over  its  estimated  useful  life.  Leasehold  improvements  are
amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the useful
life  of the improvement or the term of the lease. Upon the  sale
or  retirement of property and equipment, the costs  and  related
accumulated  depreciation are eliminated from the accounts.   Any
resulting  gains or losses are included in income.  The  cost  of
repairs and maintenance is charged to expense as incurred.

(5)  Warranty Claims:

      The  Company provides an accrual for future warranty  costs
when the product is sold.

(6)  Income Taxes:

      Deferred  income taxes are accounted for on  the  liability
method  in  accordance  with Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 109.  Provision is made for federal income tax
which  may be payable on earnings of foreign subsidiaries to  the
extent that the Company anticipates they will be remitted.

(7)  Earnings (Loss) per Share:

      Net earnings per common share for the year ended March  31,
1995  is based on the weighted average number of shares of Common
Stock  and common stock equivalents outstanding during the  year.
Common  stock equivalents include shares issuable upon conversion
of  the  Company's  Series A Preferred Stock, exercise  of  stock
options  and warrants, and shares issued in the year ended  March
31,  1995  primarily to satisfy an anti-dilution provision.   The
Series  A  Preferred Stock is not convertible into  Common  Stock
until  March  31, 1997, and the shares of Common  Stock  issuable
upon  conversion is dependent on the market value of  the  Common
Stock  at  the time of conversion (See Note J(6)).  Net  earnings
(loss)  per common share for the years ended March 31,  1994  and
1993 are based on the weighted average number of shares of Common
Stock   outstanding  prior  to  confirmation  of  the   Plan   of
Reorganization (See Note B) and cancelled as a part thereof,  and
do not include common stock equivalents assumed outstanding since
they were not dilutive.

     Pro forma loss per common share for the year ended March 31,
1994 gives effect to the bankruptcy restructuring and is based on
the  number  of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding  at
March  31,  1994.  The pro forma loss per common share  does  not
include  common stock equivalents assumed outstanding since  they
are  anti-dilutive.   The pro forma loss per  common  share  also
gives effect to the following adjustments:

           (i)  Elimination of extraordinary gain of $129,155,000
     and reorganization expenses of $17,385,000;
     
           (ii)   Reduction of $6,666,000 in interest expense  to
     give  effect  to  the reorganized debt structure.   The  pro
     forma  interest  expense is based on the maximum  amount  of
     borrowings  ($45  million) permitted under  the  new  credit
     facility at the interest rate that would have been in effect
     for  the  year  ended March 31, 1994 (8.25%).  Additionally,
     the  amortization of closing fees on the credit facility  is
     included in the pro forma interest expense above;
     
           (iii)   Assumed  dividends on the Series  A  Preferred
     Stock  aggregating  $700,000 for the year  ended  March  31,
     1994.

(8)  Foreign Currency:

     The assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries have been
translated  at current exchange rates, and related  revenues  and
expenses  have  been translated at average rates of  exchange  in
effect  during  the  year.  Related translation  adjustments  are
reported as a separate component of shareholders' equity.   Gains
and  losses  resulting  from  foreign currency  transactions  are
included  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations   and
amounted  to  a  gain of $220,000 and losses  of  $1,489,000  and
$1,073,000  for  the years ended March 31, 1995, 1994  and  1993,
respectively.

     The Company entered into foreign currency exchange contracts
to  hedge exposures related to foreign currency fluctuations  for
its European operations.  Gains and losses were recognized in the
same period as the transactions being hedged.  At March 31, 1995,
the Company has no forward exchange contracts outstanding. In the
fiscal  year ending March 31, 1996, the Company intends to reduce
its  foreign  currency exposure by conducting  its  Canadian  and
European businesses in U.S. dollars.

Note B -- Reorganization:

      On  September 29, 1993, the Company and five  of  its  U.S.
subsidiaries  filed  voluntary petitions  for  relief  under  the
reorganization  provisions of Chapter 11  of  the  United  States
Bankruptcy Code and operated as debtors-in-possession  under  the
supervision  of  the Bankruptcy Court while their  reorganization
cases  were pending.  The precipitating factor for these  filings
was  the Company's severe liquidity problems relating to its high
level of indebtedness and a significant decline in sales from the
prior year.

      Effective  March 31, 1994, the Bankruptcy Court entered  an
order  confirming  the  Plan  of  Reorganization.   The  Plan  of
Reorganization   provided   for   the   implementation    of    a
recapitalization of the Company.  In accordance with the Plan  of
Reorganization,   the  Company's  pre-petition  liabilities   (of
approximately  $233 million) were settled with the  creditors  in
the aggregate, as follows:

           I.   The  Company's  bank group (the  "Bank  Lenders")
     received  $70 million in cash and the right to  receive  the
     initial  $2  million  of  net proceeds  from  the  Company's
     anti-dumping duty receivable (see Note I (3)).
     
           II.  The institutional holders of the Company's senior
     notes  (the "Noteholders") initially received $2,650,000  in
     cash and warrants to purchase 750,000 shares of Common Stock
     for  a  period of seven years at an exercise price of  $1.00
     per  share, provided that the exercise price shall  increase
     by  10%  per  year commencing in year  four,   and   further
     received   $1 million,  payable $922,498 in cash   from  the
     initial public offering of Common Stock (see Note J(8)) and 
     $77,502 in Common Stock calculated on the basis of $1.00 per 
     share.
     
           III.   The Bank Lenders and Noteholders received their
     pro rata percentage of the following:
     
              A.   $2,350,000 in cash (however $350,000  of  this
              amount was distributable to the holders of allowed
              unsecured claims);
         
              B.   10,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock with
              a face value of $10 million (estimated fair market
              value  of  approximately $9 million at  March  31,
              1994);

              C.   4,025,277  shares of Common  Stock,  including
              691,944 shares issued in February 1995 pursuant to
              an anti-dilution provision;
         
              D.    The  net  proceeds  from  the  sale  of   the
              Company's Indiana land and building; and
         
              E.   The  net  proceeds  to be  received  from  the
              Company's  anti-dumping duty receivable in  excess
              of $2 million (see Note I (3)).
         
          IV.  Holders of allowed unsecured claims received a pro-
     rata  portion  of  the  $350,000 distribution  and  interest
     bearing promissory notes equal to 18.3% of the allowed claim
     amount, payable in two installments over 18 months (see Note
     G).
     
     Pursuant to the provisions of the Plan of Reorganization, as
of  March 31, 1994, the equity of the Company's stockholders, and
the equity interest of holders of stock options and warrants were
cancelled.

      Based on the settlement of the Chapter 11 proceedings,  the
Company  recognized an extraordinary gain of $129.2 million  from
the extinguishment of debt.  Additionally, the Company recognized
a  writedown of $12.9 million  to estimated fair market value  on
the  assets  transferred for the benefit of the Bank Lenders  and
Noteholders.

     Pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, and in consideration
for $30 million, the reorganized Company issued 30 million shares
of Common Stock, currently held by the following parties:


</TABLE>
<TABLE>                                                       <C>
                                                              Number of Shares
<S>
Fidenas International Limited L.L.C. ("Fidenas International")  16,400,000
Elision International, Inc. ("Elision")                          1,600,000
GSE Multimedia Technologies Corporation ("GSE")                 12,000,000


</TABLE>

      The  Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer  is  an
officer and beneficial owner of 40% of Fidenas Investment Limited
("FIL"),  the Company's largest shareholder prior to confirmation
of   the   Plan   of   Reorganization  with  an  approximate  20%
ownership interest.

     This officer has a controlling beneficial ownership interest
in   each of the three entities listed above which purchased  the
Company's  Common Stock, and therefore holds an  approximate  75%
interest  in the Company's outstanding Common Stock at March  31,
1995.

Note C -- Restructuring and Other Nonrecurring Charges:

      During  the year ended March 31, 1993, the Company recorded
restructuring   and   other  nonrecurring   charges   aggregating
$35,002,000.   The  provision included $31.9 million  of  charges
related  to  the Company's core business operations  of  consumer
electronics products.  These charges were comprised primarily  of
certain  costs  associated with the consolidation of  facilities,
severance  of employees ($3,967,000 provision for termination  of
officers and other employees), the writedown of certain assets, a
provision  relating  to  a  significant  change  in  the   resale
arrangement for returned product, and professional fees and other
charges related to the Company's proposed financial restructuring
and  to a proxy contest settled in June 1992.  The provision also
included  $3.1 million in charges relating to the final wind-down
of the Company's personal computer business.

Note D -- Inventories:

      Inventories  are  comprised primarily  of  finished  goods.
Spare  parts inventories, net of reserves, aggregating $2,763,000
and  $4,140,000  at  March 31, 1995 and 1994,  respectively,  are
included in "Prepaid expenses and other current assets".

Note E -- Property and Equipment:

     Property and equipment is comprised of the following:

                                                    March 31,    
                                                1995       1994
                                                 (In thousands)

Furniture and fixtures                        $  5,854  $  6,025
Molds and tooling                                3,806     2,948
Machinery and equipment                          1,847     2,509
Leasehold improvements                             271       454
                                                11,778    11,936
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization   7,102     6,680
                                              $  4,676  $  5,256

      Depreciation  and  amortization of property  and  equipment
amounted to $3,267,000,            $6,679,000 and $5,062,000  for
the years ended March 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

       Pursuant  to  the  Plan  of  Reorganization,  the  Company
transferred  its  land and building in Indiana to  a  liquidating
trust  established  for  the benefit  of  the  Bank  Lenders  and
Noteholders.   In  connection  with this  transfer,  the  Company
recorded a writedown of approximately $2.3 million to reduce  the
carrying value to estimated fair market value at March 31, 1994.

Note F -- Notes Payable:

      Effective March 31, 1994, the Company entered into a  three
year   Loan   and  Security  Agreement  with  a  U.S.   financial
institution (the "Lender") providing for an asset-based revolving
credit  facility. The facility provides for revolving  loans  and
letters  of  credit, subject to individual maximums and,  in  the
aggregate,  not  to  exceed  the  lesser  of  $60  million  or  a
"Borrowing  Base"  amount  based  on  specified  percentages   of
eligible   accounts  receivable  and  inventories.   All   credit
extended  under  the line of credit is secured by  the  U.S.  and
Canadian  assets  of  the Company.  The interest  rate  on  these
borrowings is 2.25% above the prime rate.  At March 31, 1995  and
1994,  the  weighted  average interest rate  on  the  outstanding
borrowings  was 11.25% and 8.5%, respectively.  The  facility  is
also subject to an unused line fee of 0.5% per annum. Pursuant to
the  Loan and Security Agreement, the Company is restricted from,
among  other  things, paying cash dividends (other  than  on  the
Series  A  Preferred Stock), redeeming stock, and  entering  into
certain  transactions and is required to maintain certain working
capital and equity levels (as defined).  At March 31, 1995, there
was $27,296,000 outstanding under the revolving loan facility and
approximately $3,622,000 of outstanding letters of credit  issued
for inventory purchases.  The fair market value of the short-term
notes  payable  to  the  Lender at March 31,  1995  and  1994  is
estimated to be $27,296,000 and $20,040,000, respectively,  which
is the historical cost.

      During  the  pendency  of the bankruptcy  proceedings,  the
Company obtained debtor-in-possession financing ("DIP Financing")
from  the Lender.  The terms of the DIP Financing provided for  a
revolving  credit  facility in an aggregate principal  amount  of
$14.9  million and bore interest at the prime rate plus 0.5%  per
annum.   Repayment of the proceeds was guaranteed  by  FIL.   All
principal and accrued interest on the DIP Financing was paid  and
the DIP Financing was terminated as of March 31, 1994.

      Cash  paid  for  interest was $3,371,000,  $11,251,000  and
$20,108,000  for the years ended March 31, 1995, 1994  and  1993,
respectively.

     In the six months ended March 31, 1994, interest expense was
only  accrued and paid on the Company's DIP Financing  loan.   No
interest  was  accrued  during the  pendency  of  the  bankruptcy
proceedings  on  the  debt  owed  to  the  Bank  Lenders  or  the
Noteholders.   Had the contractual interest been  accrued  during
this period, interest expense would have been approximately $10.2
million  higher  than  the amount reported  on  the  Consolidated
Statement of Operations for the year ended March 31, 1994.

Note G -- Long-Term Debt:

     Long-term debt consists of the following:

                                                March 31,   
                                              1995       1994
                                              (In thousands)

Notes payable to unsecured creditors        $  465    $  842
Equipment notes and other                      257       383
11 1/2% convertible subordinated note                    500
                                               722     1,725
Less current obligations                       508     1,498
                                            $  214    $  227

      Pursuant  to  the Plan of Reorganization,  the  holders  of
allowed  unsecured  claims received interest  bearing  promissory
notes  equal to 18.3% of the claim amount.  The notes are due  in
two  installments:  35% of the outstanding principal  is  due  12
months  from the date of issuance, and the remaining  balance  is
due  18 months from the date of issuance. The notes bear interest
at  the  London Interbank Offered Rate in effect at the  date  of
issuance for one year obligations.


Note H -- Income Taxes:

     The income tax provision consists of the following:

                                           Years Ended March   
                                                  31,
                                         1995    1994     1993
                                             (In thousands)
Current:
  Federal                               $  40              $215
  Foreign, State and Other                227    $327       494
                                         $267    $327      $709

      The difference between the effective rate reflected in  the
provision for income taxes and the amounts determined by applying
the  statutory U.S. rate of 34% to earnings (loss) before  income
taxes are analyzed below:

                                         Years Ended March 31,                
                                        1995    1994      1993
                                              (In thousands)          
                                                            
 Statutory tax (benefit)             $ 2,598   $(24,931)   $(18,799)
                                        
                                                                 
 Utilization of net operating loss                               
    carryforwards                       (632)
                                                                 
 U.S. and foreign net operating                                  
    losses without tax benefit         1,675     24,975      20,752
                                                                 
 Foreign income subject to foreign                               
    tax, not subject to U.S. tax        (785)                (1,431)
                                                                 
 Tax  recognition  of  prior  year                               
 book deductions                        (888)

                                                                 
 Rate differential on foreign         (1,959)      327        (638)
 income
                                                                 
 Nondeductible bankruptcy expenses       137     1,545           
                                                                 
 Nondeductible debt restructuring                                
    expenses                                    (1,540)        521
                                                                 
 Other, net                              121       (49)        304
                                                                 
 Total income tax provision             $267   $   327     $   709
                                                                 


      Effective  April 1, 1993, the Company adopted Statement  of
Financial  Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting  for  Income
Taxes,"  under  which  the  liability  method  (rather  than  the
deferred  method) is used in accounting for income taxes.   Under
the  liability  method, deferred tax assets and  liabilities  are
determined  based on differences between financial reporting  and
tax  bases  of  assets and liabilities, and  are  measured  using
enacted  tax  rates  and laws that will be  in  effect  when  the
differences are expected to reverse. The change had no effect  on
the results of operations for the year ended March 31, 1994.

      Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets
and liabilities are as follows:

                                                   March 31,   
                                                               
                                                   1995      1994
                                                    (In thousands)

Deferred tax assets:
  Accounts receivable reserves                 $  7,653  $  8,287
  Inventory reserves                              1,188     1,394
  Net operating loss carryforwards               10,588    11,550
  Other                                           1,014     1,131
  Total deferred tax assets                      20,443    22,362
  Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets   (20,189) ( 22,011)
  Net deferred tax assets                           254       351
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Other                                            (254)     (351)
  Total deferred tax liabilities                   (254)     (351)
  Net deferred taxes                           $     --  $     --

      Total deferred tax assets of the Company at March 31,  1995
represent  the tax-effected annual limitation multiplied  by  the
net   operating   loss  carryforward  period   and   tax-effected
deductible  temporary differences. The Company has established  a
valuation reserve against any expected future benefits.

      Cash  paid  for  income  taxes was $725,000,  $946,000  and
$453,000  for  the  years ended March 31, 1995,  1994  and  1993,
respectively.

      Income  before taxes of foreign subsidiaries was $3,786,000
and  $5,334,000  for  the years ended March 31,  1995  and  1993,
respectively.   Losses before taxes of foreign  subsidiaries  was
$16,042,000  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  1994.  Unremitted
earnings  of  foreign subsidiaries which  have   been,   or   are
intended   to  be  permanently  reinvested  (and  for   which  no
Federal income   tax   has  been  provided)  aggregated  $3,396,000
and $1,086,000 at March 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

      As  of March 31, 1995, the Company has a net operating loss
carryforward  of approximately $95,270,000, of which $31,692,000,
$13,385,000  and  $50,193,000 will expire  in  2006,   2007   and
2009,   respectively.   This  net  operating   loss  carryforward
reflects downward adjustments  made in 1995 pursuant to IRS 
examinations  completed for the years ended March 31, 1990 and 1989 
totaling $20,346,000.  As  of  March  31,  1995,  foreign tax  credit
carryforwards  of $929,000  are available and if not utilized, will 
expire in 1996.  In  addition,  as of March 31, 1995, the Company has
deductible temporary  differences  of approximately $26,003,000  
principally attributable  to  accounts receivable reserves related 
to  sales returns  and  inventory reserves.  The utilization of  these
net operating  losses and tax credits will be limited  based  on  the
effects  of the Plan  of  Reorganization  consummated  on   March
31,   1994.    Pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization,  the  Bank
Lenders, the Noteholders, Fidenas International,  Elision and GSE
initially  received  100%  of  the  Common  Stock.  As a  result,
an  ownership  change occurred with respect to the  Company,  and
subjected  the Company's net operating losses and tax credits  to
the limitation provided for in Section 382 and 383, respectively,
of the Internal Revenue Code.  Subject to special rules regarding
increases  in  the annual limitation for the recognition  of  net
unrealized  built-in gains, the Company's annual limitation  will
be approximately $2.2 million.

Note I -- Commitments, Contingencies and Related Party Transactions:

(1) Leases:

   The  Company  leases  warehouse and office  space  at  minimum
   aggregate rentals as follows:

     Year Ending                                     
      March 31,                           Amount     
                                           (In       
                                        thousands)
                                                     
         1996                            $ 1,507     
         1997                              1,484    
         1998                              1,071    
         1999                                271    
         2000                                 --   
                                          $4,333     


       Rent   expense   aggregated  $2,731,000,  $2,663,000   and
$3,520,000  for  the years ended March 31, 1995, 1994  and  1993,
respectively.  Rental income from the sublease of warehouse space
aggregated  $273,000, $89,000 and $201,000  in  the  years  ended
March 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

      The  Company's  previous headquarters  was  leased  from  a
limited  partnership, 51% of which was indirectly owned  by  four
former  executive officers of the Company.  The lease, which  was
scheduled  to  expire in April 1995 (excluding renewal  options),
terminated in July 1993, as noted below.  Rent expense related to
this  lease  amounted to $491,000 and $1,575,000  for  the  years
ended March 31, 1994 and 1993, respectively.  In March 1993,  the
Company entered into an agreement with the general partner of the
limited  partnership  under which  the   Company   was   released
without  penalty from its lease obligations with respect  to  the
above  location,  effective  July  1993,  in  consideration   for
executing  a  five year lease (commencing on the same  date)  for
office  space with an affiliate of the general partner.  The  new
lease  provides  for the annual payment of rent of  approximately
$813,000, and that the Company pay for its proportionate share of
increases in real estate taxes.

(2)  Letters of Credit:

     Outstanding letters of credit for the purchase of inventory,
not   reflected   in   the  accompanying  financial   statements,
aggregated  $11,863,000 (including $3,622,000  issued  under  the
Loan and Security Agreement -- see Note F) at March 31, 1995.

      The  Company's Hong Kong subsidiary also maintains  various
credit facilities aggregating $114.3 million with a bank in  Hong
Kong  consisting  of the following:  (i) a $12.3  million  credit
facility  which  is generally used for letters of  credit  for  a
foreign  subsidiary's  direct  import  business  and  affiliates'
inventory  purchases, (ii) a $2 million standby letter of  credit
facility,  and  (iii)  a $100 million credit  facility,  for  the
benefit  of  a foreign subsidiary, which is for the establishment
of  back-to-back  letters of credit with  the  Company's  largest
customer.   At March 31, 1995, the Company's Hong Kong subsidiary
had pledged $4 million in certificates of deposit to this bank to
assure the availability of these credit facilities.  At March 31,
1995,  there were $5,974,000 and $8,415,000 of letters of  credit
outstanding  under  the  $12.3 million and  $100  million  credit
facilities, respectively.

      The  Company's Hong Kong subsidiary secured  an  additional
credit  facility  in the year ended March 31, 1995  with  another
bank  in Hong Kong. The facility provides for a $10 million  line
of  credit  for documentary letters of credit and a  $10  million
back-to-back  letter of credit line,  collateralized   by   a  $5
million   certificate   of  deposit.   At  March  31,  1995,  the
Company's Hong Kong subsidiary had pledged $5,041,000 in certificates
of deposit to  assure the availability of these credit facilities.
At March 31, 1995, $3,871,000 of the letter of credit line was 
utilized.

     The Company has discounted unmatured notes received from its
European  customers  for  payments of  accounts  receivable  with
various  foreign  banks.   At  March  31,  1995,  $1,282,000   of
discounted notes have not matured.

(3)  Anti-Dumping Duty Receivable:

      The Company was a participant in matters pending before the
United States Customs Service and the United States Department of
Commerce pertaining to the assessment and deposit of anti-dumping
duties  on  importations  of  color  televisions  from  both  the
Republic  of Korea and Taiwan. Such deposits were based  on  U.S.
Commerce  Department deposit requirements in effect at  the  time
and were deemed excessive based on the U.S. Commerce Department's
determinations  of  anti-dumping margins; however,  the  deposits
will  not  be  refunded  until litigation  challenging  the  U.S.
Commerce  Department  determination of  anti-dumping  margins  is
completed.

       Pursuant  to  the  Plan  of  Reorganization,  the  Company
transferred the anti-dumping duty deposits and related  interest,
net  of anti-dumping duty liabilities, to a liquidating trust for
the benefit of the Bank Lenders and Noteholders in exchange for a
reduction  in outstanding indebtedness.  In preparation  for  the
transfer,  the  Company  reviewed the anti-dumping  duty  deposit
records  of  the  U.S.  Customs  Service  and  noted  significant
discrepancies between the Company's records and those of the U.S.
Customs Service on anti-dumping duties eligible for refund.   The
Company  believes  that  the  U.S.  Customs  Service  erroneously
liquidated  certain  anti-dumping duty  entries  that  should  be
suspended  in  accordance  with court  orders  and  misclassified
certain anti-dumping duty deposits as regular duty payments.  The
magnitude  of  these  differences,  including  interest  accruing
thereon,  was  estimated at $6.6 million.  The  net  anti-dumping
duty  receivable was transferred to the liquidating  trust  at  a
fair  market  value of $4 million based on third-party  analysis,
resulting in a writedown of approximately $10.6 million (based on
a book value of $14.6 million).

(4)  Other Matters:

     A law firm of which two officers of the Company (one of whom
is  a  director)  were members until July 1992 and  August  1992,
respectively, received fees of $541,000 in the year  ended  March
31,  1993, primarily as reimbursement of amounts incurred by  FIL
in  a 1992 proxy contest.  Another law firm which represented FIL
in  the  proxy contest was paid fees aggregating $200,000 in  the
year  ended  March  31, 1993 by the Company in  reimbursement  of
amounts incurred by FIL in the proxy contest.  Upon settlement of
the  proxy contest, such law firm was retained as  the  Company's
outside  counsel and provided legal services to the  Company  for
fees aggregating $737,000, $1,070,000 and $259,000 for the years ended
March 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.  A family member  of
an  officer  of the Company joined such law firm, as of  counsel,
subsequent to its retention by the Company.

      Effective  April 1, 1995, the Company's Canadian subsidiary
entered  into  a series of three-year agreements with  a  company
owned by a former employee of the Canadian subsidiary, and who is
also the daughter of a former officer of the Canadian subsidiary.
The  agreements  provide  for this Canadian  company  to  perform
certain   after  sale  services,  act  as  the  exclusive   parts
distributor  for the Company's Canadian subsidiary  and  purchase
all products returned by the Company's Canadian customers.

      In the year ended March 31, 1994, the Company paid $208,000
to  a  designee of FIL for expenses incurred relating to the  DIP
Financing   and   $187,000  to  guarantee  the   DIP   Financing.
Additionally,   the  Company  reimbursed  Fidenas   International
$568,000  for various legal, accounting and filing fees  relating
to  the capital infusion and debt restructuring in the year ended
March 31, 1994.

     At March 31, 1994, the Company's Hong Kong subsidiary had $1
million  on  deposit with a bank that is an affiliate of  Fidenas
International.  These funds were withdrawn shortly thereafter.

      The Company paid fees to a former executive officer of  the
Company,  in  accordance with a three-year consulting  agreement,
aggregating $204,000 and $490,000  for the years ended March  31,
1994 and 1993, respectively.

      In accordance with the employment contract of an officer of
the  Company,  the  Company has provided a  non-interest  bearing
relocation bridge loan to the officer of $120,000, secured by the
equity  in  the  former personal residence of the  officer.   The
maturity  date of the loan has been extended and is  due  in  the
fiscal year ending March 31, 1996.

      The  Company has employment agreements with certain of  its
officers, that expire at various dates through 1997, and  provide
for minimum payments aggregating $3,601,000.

Note J -- Shareholders' Equity:

      (1)   In  connection  with  the settlement  of  shareholder
litigation in 1991, the Company was required to redeem the common
stock purchase rights (the "Rights") previously granted under the
Company's 1989 Shareholder Rights Agreement at a redemption price
of  $.01  per  Right.  In the year  ended  March  31,  1993,  the
Company paid approximately $271,000 to holders of record  on
March 13, 1992 to redeem the Rights and granted additional rights
which expired without exercise in July 1992.

      (2)   In  June 1991, the Company entered into a  Securities
Purchase   Agreement   (as  amended,  the  "Securities   Purchase
Agreement")  with  a  subsidiary of  Semi-Tech  (Global)  Limited
("Semi-Tech")  providing for the purchase of  10  million  common
shares  and  the  issuance of stock purchase warrants.  In  April
1992,  the  Securities  Purchase  Agreement  was  terminated   in
exchange for payment by the Company of $500,000 in cash  and  the
issuance  of  153,847  common shares  (then  equal  in  value  to
$500,000).

      Concurrently,  the  Company and Semi-Tech  entered  into  a
three-year  Supply Agreement (the "Supply Agreement").   Pursuant
to  the  Supply  Agreement, the Company  issued  to  Semi-Tech  a
four-year  warrant  (valued at $600,000) to  purchase  1  million
common  shares  at  $4.00 per share and a  five-year  warrant  to
purchase  500,000 common shares at $4.00 per share.   The  Supply
Agreement and the warrants were cancelled pursuant to the Plan of
Reorganization.

      (3)   All stock options outstanding at March 31, 1994 under
the  1987  Stock  Option  Plan  and  the  1980  Employees'  Stock
Participation  Plan  were  cancelled  pursuant  to  the  Plan  of
Reorganization.

     (4)  In July 1994, the Company's Board of Directors adopted,
and the stockholders  subsequently ratified, a Stock Compensation
Program  ("Program") intended to secure for the Company  and  its
stockholders the benefits arising from ownership of the Company's
Common  Stock  by those selected directors, officers,  other  key
employees, advisors and consultants of the Company who  are  most
responsible  for  the Company's success and future  growth.   The
maximum  aggregate  number of shares of  Common  Stock  available
pursuant  to the Program is 2,000,000 shares and the  Program  is
comprised  of  4  parts -- the Incentive Stock Option  Plan,  the
Supplemental  Stock  Option Plan, the Stock  Appreciation  Rights
Plan  and  the Stock Bonus Plan. A summary of transactions  since
the inception of the Program is as follows:

                                Number of   Price        Aggregate 
                                Shares     Per Share      Price
                                                        
Granted                        1,860,000   $1.00-$1.10 $1,920,000
Cancelled                                     $1.00      
                               (  30,000)                 (30,000)
Outstanding--March  31, 1995   1,830,000   $1.00-$1.10 $1,890,000
           

      The  term  of each option is ten years, except for  options
issued  to any person who owns more than 10% of the voting  power
of all classes of capital stock for which the term is five years.
Options may not be exercised during the first year after the date
of  the grant.  Thereafter each   option   becomes    exercisable
on    a    pro    rata    basis   on    each    of    the   first
through third anniversaries  of the date of the grant.  The exercise
price  of options  granted must be at least equal to the fair market
value of  the  shares on the date of the grant, except that the  option
price  with respect to an option granted to any person  who  owns
more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock
shall  not  be  less than 110% of the fair market  value  of  the
shares on the date of the grant.

      (5)    In  October 1994, the Company's Board  of  Directors
adopted,  subject to stockholder approval, the 1994  Non-Employee
Director  Stock  Option Plan. The maximum  number  of  shares  of
Common  Stock available under such plan is 300,000. A summary  of
transactions since inception of the plan is as follows:

                                Number of    Price     Aggregate
                                Shares     Per Share     Price
                                                            
Granted                         175,000       $1.00      $175,000
Outstanding--March  31, 1995    175,000       $1.00      $175,000


     The provisions for exercise price, term and vesting schedule
are the same as noted above for the Stock Compensation Program.

      (6)   Pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, on March  31,
1994,  the  Company issued Series A Preferred Stock with  a  face
value  of  $10  million  and an estimated fair  market  value  of
approximately  $9  million.  The preferred stock  is  convertible
into  Common  Stock  at any time during the period  beginning  on
March  31, 1997 and ending on March 31, 2002; the preferred stock
is  convertible into Common Stock at a price per share of  Common
Stock equal to 80% of the market value of a share of Common Stock
on  the  date of conversion.  The preferred stock bears dividends
commencing  June 30, 1994 on a cumulative basis at the  following
rates:

                         Dividend Rate
       
       Year 1 to 3           7.0%
       Year 4                5.6%
       Year 5                4.2%
       Year 6                2.8%
       Year 7                1.4%
       Thereafter            None

      The  preferred stock is non-voting.  However, the terms  of
the preferred stock provide that holders shall have the right  to
appoint two directors to the Company's Board of Directors if  the
preferred  stock  dividends are in default  for  six  consecutive
quarters.

     (7)  Pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, the Noteholders
received  warrants for the purchase of 750,000 shares  of  Common
Stock.  The warrants are exercisable for a period of seven  years
from  March 31, 1994 and provide for an exercise price  of  $1.00
per share for the first three years, escalating by $.10 per share
per annum thereafter until expiration of the warrant.

     (8)    In   accordance   with  the   Company's   Plan   of
Reorganization, the Company completed an initial public  offering
of  its  Common Stock in September 1994 to shareholders of record
(in those states in which the offering could be made) as of March
31,  1994,  excluding FIL.  The Company sold 6,149,993 shares  of
Common  Stock  for $1.00 per share resulting in proceeds  to  the
Company,   net  of  issuance costs, of approximately  $5,692,000.
Pursuant  to the terms of the Plan of Reorganization, in  January
1995,  the Company paid approximately $922,000 to satisfy certain
obligations owed to former creditors, and in February 1995 issued
691,944  and  77,502 shares of Common Stock to former  creditors,
primarily  to satisfy an anti-dilution provision.  The  remainder
of  such  funds were used for working capital and other corporate
purposes.

Note K -- License Agreements:

      (1)   In  February 1995, the Company and Otake Trading  Co.
Ltd.  and  certain  affiliates ("Otake"), the  Company's  largest
supplier,  entered into two mutually contingent  agreements  (the
"Agreements").  Effective March 31, 1995, the Company  granted  a
license  of  certain trademarks to Otake for a  three-year  term.
The  license permits Otake to manufacture and sell certain  video
products  under  the  trademark to Wal-Mart Stores,  Inc.  ("Wal-
Mart"),  the Company's largest customer, in the U.S. and  Canada,
and precludes Otake from supplying product to Wal-Mart other than
under the Emerson or Orion trademarks.  The Company will continue
to  supply  other  products to Wal-Mart directly.   Further,  the
Agreements  provide  that  Otake will  supply  the  Company  with
certain  video products for sale to other customers at  preferred
prices for a three-year term.  Under the terms of the Agreements,
the  Company will receive non-refundable minimum annual royalties
from Otake to be credited against royalties earned from sales  of
video  cassette recorders and players, television/video  cassette
recorder and player combinations, and color televisions  to  Wal-
Mart.   In addition, effective August 1, 1995, Otake will  assume
responsibility  for returns and after-sale and warranty  services
on all video products manufactured by Otake and sold to Wal-Mart,
including  video products sold by the Company prior to  April  1,
1995.

      Additionally, the Company and Otake agreed on a  series  of
purchase discounts, consistent with agreements and past practices
between Otake and the Company.  Through March 31, 1995, Otake has
paid  the Company $6.3 million against an aggregate $10.2 million
of  purchase discounts for product purchased from January 1, 1993
to  March 31, 1995, and the balance  of  $3.9  million is due  in
September 1995.  The Company recognized $9.9 million of discounts
in the year  ended  March 31, 1995, of which $4.3 million  of  
discounts were attributable to purchases prior to April 1, 1994.

      (2) In  October 1994, the Company entered into a  license
agreement  with Jasco Products Co., Inc., ("Jasco")  whereby  the
Company granted a license of certain trademarks to Jasco for  use
on  non-competing  consumer electronic  accessories.   Under  the
terms  of the agreement, the Company will receive minimum  annual
royalties  through the life of the agreement,  which  expires  on
December  31, 1997, and the agreement is automatically  renewable
for  three  successive  three-year  periods  based  upon  Jasco's
compliance  with  the agreement.  The Company recognized  license
fee  income  of approximately $1,125,000 in the year ended  March
31, 1995.


Note L -- Legal Proceedings:

FIL Litigation:

     The 30 million shares of Common Stock issued to GSE, Fidenas
International and Elision on March 31, 1994, pursuant to the Plan
of  Reorganization, are the subject of certain legal proceedings.
Transfers  of certain shares owned by Fidenas International  have
been  enjoined  by  court  orders issued  in  the  United  States
Bankruptcy  Court for the Southern  District of New York  and  in
the  Commonwealth of Bahamas.  The Company is not a party to  any
of  the proceedings described herein; it is possible that a court
of  competent jurisdiction may order the turnover  of  all  or  a
portion of the shares of Common Stock owned by such persons to  a
third  party.  A turnover of a substantial portion of the  Common
Stock   could  result  in  a  "change of  controlling  ownership"
prohibited  pursuant  to  the terms of  the  Company's  Loan  and
Security Agreement with its primary lender.  Additionally, such a
change  in  control  could result in a second "ownership  change"
under  Internal Revenue Code Section 382, which could affect  the
Company's  ability to use its net operating loss and  tax  credit
carryforwards.   The Company does not believe the  litigation  or
the  results thereof will have a material adverse effect  on  the
Company or on the Company's financial position.

Bankruptcy Claims:

      The  Company  is presently engaged in litigation  regarding
several bankruptcy claims which have not been resolved since  the
restructuring of the Company's debt.  The largest claim was filed
July  25,  1994  in  connection with  the  rejection  of  certain
executory   contracts  with  two  Brazilian   entities,   Cineral
Electronica   de  Amazonia  Ltda.  and  Cineral  Magazine   Ltda.
(collectively, "Cineral").  The contracts were executed in August
1993,   shortly  before  the  Company's  filing  for   bankruptcy
protection.   The  amount  claimed  was  $93,563,457,  of   which
$86,785,000 represents a claim for loss of profits and $6,400,000
for  plant installation and establishment of offices, which  were
installed   and   established  prior   to  execution    of    the
contracts.  The  claim was  filed  as an unsecured claim and, 
therefore, will be satisfied, to the  extent the claim is allowed 
by the Bankruptcy Court, in the manner other allowed  unsecured  
claims  were  satisfied.   The  Company   has objected  to  the 
claim and intends to vigorously   contest  such claim  and  
believes it has meritorious defenses  to  the  highly speculative 
portion of the claim for lost profits and the portion of  the  claim
for actual damages for expenses incurred prior  to the  execution 
of the contracts.  Additionally, the  Company  has  instituted  an
adversary  proceeding  in  the  Bankruptcy  Court asserting  damages 
caused by Cineral.  A motion filed by  Cineral to  dismiss  the  
adversary  proceeding  has  been  denied.   The adversary  proceeding
and claim objection have been  consolidated into  one  proceeding.
An adverse final ruling  on  the  Cineral claim  could have a 
material adverse effect on the Company,  even though it would be 
limited to 18.3% of the final claim determined by  a  court of 
competent jurisdiction; however, with respect  to the  claim  for  
lost  profits, in light of  the  foregoing,  the Company  believes 
the chances for recovery for lost  profits  are remote.

Other Litigation:

      The  Company  is  involved in other legal  proceedings  and
claims  of  various  types in the ordinary  course  of  business.
While   any   litigation  contains  an  element  of  uncertainty,
management  presently  believes that the  outcome  of  each  such
proceeding  or  claim which is pending or known to be  threatened
(including  the  actions noted above), or all of  them  combined,
will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's
consolidated financial position.

Note M -- Business Segment Information and Major Customers:

      The  consumer  electronics business is the  Company's  only
business  segment.   Operations  in  this  business  segment  are
summarized below by geographic area:

<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>        <C>         <C>            <C>  
Year Ended March 31, 1995          U.S.        Foreign  Eliminations Consolidated
     (In thousands)                                            
Sales to unaffiliated customers  $608,717   $ 45,954    $     --       $654,671
Transfers between geograhic areas   5,954        184    $  (6,138)        --
Total net revenues               $614,671   $ 46,138    $  (6,138)      654,671
Earnings  (loss) before taxes               
income taxes                       12,238   $  4,596)         --          7,642
Identifiable assets                98,604   $ 15,470     $   (105)      113,969
                                                     
Year Ended March 31, 1994                              
Sales to unaffiliated  customers $433,495   $ 53,895     $    --        487,390
Transfers between geographic areas  2,587       --         (2,587)         --
Total net revenues               $436,082   $ 53,895     $ (2,587)      487,390
Loss before reorganization
  costs and income taxes         $(50,718)  $ (5,224)        --        $(55,942)
Identifiable assets                99,726   $ 19,295     $             $119,021

Ended March 31, 1993
Sales to unaffiliated customers $ 693,997   $ 47,360     $   --        $741,357
Transfers between geographic areas  3,803      --          (3,803)        --
Total net revenues              $ 697,800   $ 47,360     $ (3,803)     $741,357
Loss before income taxes        $ (53,279)  $( 2,012)    $     --       (55,291)
Identifiable assets             $ 175,363   $ 19,147     $     --       194,510

</TABLE>                                                     

      Transfers between geographic areas are accounted for  on  a
cost  basis.   Identifiable  assets  are  those  assets  used  in
operations in each geographic area.

      At  March  31,  1995 and 1994, identifiable assets  include
$37,492,000 and $51,390,000, respectively, of assets  located  in
foreign countries.

       The   Company's  net  sales  to  one  customer  aggregated
approximately 53%, 34% and 39%, of consolidated net sales for the
years ended March 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. At March
31,  1995 and 1994, the Company had a liability balance  to  this
customer for product returns.  The Company's net sales to another
customer  aggregated 10%, 12% and 11% for the years  ended  March
31,  1995,  1994 and 1993, respectively.  Trade receivables  from
this customer approximated 10% and 11% of accounts receivable  at
March   31,   1995   and   1994,  respectively,   and   are   not
collateralized.

Note N -- Investment in Joint Venture

      The Company has a 50% investment in E & H Partners, a joint
venture  that  purchases,  refurbishes  and  sells  all  of   the
Company's product returns.  The results of this joint venture are
accounted for by the equity method.  The Company's equity in  the
earnings of the joint venture is reflected as a reduction of cost
of  sales in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Summarized financial information relating to the joint venture is
as follows:

                                               March 31, 1995
                                               (In thousands)
                                   
Accounts receivable from joint venture            $15,283(a)
     Investment in joint venture                    1,565
                                   
     Condensed balance sheet:      
        Current assets                            $26,749
        Noncurrent assets                             161
               Total                              $26,910
        Current liabilities                       $23,780
        Partnership equity                          3,130
               Total                              $26,910
                                   

                                                 Year Ended
                                              March 31, 1995
                                               (In thousands)
                                   
     Sales to joint venture                       $32,500
                                   
     Condensed income statement:   
        Net sales                                  24,760(b)
        Net earnings                                2,130
                                   
___________________
(a)  Secured by a lien on the partnership's inventory.  Such lien
     has  been assigned to the Lender as collateral for the U.S.  line
     of credit facility.

(b)  Includes sales to the Company of $3,796,000.



              EMERSON RADIO CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          SCHEDULE VIII
         VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
                         (In thousands)
     
<TABLE>                                
<S>                             <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>      
    
     Column A                   Column B      Column C    Column D    Column  E
                                Balance at    Charged to              Balance
                                beginning     costs and               at end of
     Description                of year       expenses    Deductions    year
                         
                                                             
Allowance for doubtful accounts:                                      
Year ended:                                                 

  March 31, 1995                $ 1,639       $ 1,574     $  280(A)  $  2,933
  March 31, 1994                  2,374           998      1,733(A)     1,639
  March 31, 1993                  2,390         2,043      2,059(A)     2,374
                                                             
Inventory reserves:                                         
Year ended:                                                  

  March 31, 1995                $   644       $  251       $  425(B)      470
  March 31, 1994                  1,559        6,619        7,534(B       644
  March 31, 1993                  1,817        4,587        4,845(B     1,559

  
</TABLE>

(A)  Accounts written off, net of recoveries.

(B)  Net  realizable  value reserve removed  from  account  when
     inventory is sold.


            EMERSON RADIO CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                        (Unaudited)
          (In thousands, except per share amounts)
                              
                              
                               
                                    Three   Months
                                     Ended  June 30,
                                 1995              1994
                                              
Net sales                     $ 57,058          $137,140
                                              
Costs and Expenses:                           
                                              
                                              
Cost of sales                   50,886           128,906
                                              
Other operating costs and        1,617             2,752
expenses
                                              
Selling, general &                 
administrative expenses          5,242             7,855
                                              
                                57,745           139,513
                                              
Operating loss                    (687)           (2,373)
                                              
Interest expense                   622               454
                                              
Loss before income taxes        (1,309)           (2,827)
                                              
Provision for income taxes          92                67
                                              
NET LOSS                      $ (1,401)       $   (2,894)
                                              
Net loss per common share     $   (.03)       $     (.09)
                                              
Weighted average number of                    
    common shares outstanding   40,253             33,333

    The  accompanying notes are an integral part of the interim
consolidated financial statements.
    
                 EMERSON RADIO CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                   
                      CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                       (In thousands of dollars)
     
                                        June 30,     March 31,
                                         1995          1995
                                                          
                                       (Unaudited)        
ASSETS                                         
 Current Assets:                                
   Cash and cash equivalents      $   14,474    $   17,020
   Accounts  receivable  (less                
     allowances of $9,996 and   
     $9,350, respectively)            25,151        34,309
   Inventories                        35,312        35,336
   Prepaid  expenses and  other       15,895        15,715
     current assets
                                                    
         Total current assets         90,832        102,380
                                                    
     Property and equipment - (at 
        cost less accumulated 
        depreciation and amortization
        of $5,676 and $7,102,          4,798          4,676
        respectively)
     Other assets                      7,792          6,913
                                                    
         Total Assets              $ 103,422      $ 113,969
                                                    
    LIABILITIES  AND  SHAREHOLDERS'EQUITY
     Current Liabilities:                           
       Notes payable               $  25,219      $  27,296
       Current maturities of long-       458            508
           term debt
       Accounts payable and other                
           current liabilities        19,929         18,982
       Accrued sales returns           5,171         12,713
       Income taxes payable              184            283
                                                    
         Total current liabilities    50,961         59,782
                                                    
     Long-term debt                      193            214
     Other non-current liabilities       324            322
                                                    
     Shareholders' Equity:                          
     Preferred  stock - $.01 par                
       value, 1,000,000 shares
       authorized, 10,000                
       shares issued and 
       outstanding                     9,000         9,000
     Common  stock - $.01 par value,                
       75,000,000 shares authorized, 
       40,252,772 shares issued and 
       outstanding                       403           403
     Capital in excess of par value  107,969       107,969
     Accumulated deficit             (65,662)      (64,086)
     Cumulative translation              234           365
       adjustment
                                                    
         Total shareholders' equity   51,944        53,651
                                                    
           Total Liabilities and    $103,422      $113,969
              Shareholders' Equity
     
     The  accompanying notes are an integral part of the interim
     consolidated financial statements.
         
                 EMERSON RADIO CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                   
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                              (Unaudited)
                       (In thousands of dollars)
                                   
                                              Three Months Ended
                                                   June 30,
                                         1995                   1994

 Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
                                                       
 Net cash provided (used) by                    
   operating activities                  $  1,428         $  (20,879)
                                                       
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
                                                       
  Redemption of (investment in)                        
    certificates of deposit.                 (16)              8,493
  Additions to property and                 (635)             (1,443)
      equipment
  Other                                     (526)             ______
  Net  cash  provided  (used)  by                       
   investing activities                   (1,177)              7,050
                                                       
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
                                                       
  Net borrowings (repayments) under                    
     line of credit facility              (2,077)                836
  Other  .                                  (720)               (336)
  Net cash provided (used) by         
     financing activities                 (2,797)                500
                                                       
Net decrease in cash and cash                           
  equivalents                             (2,546)            (13,329)
Cash and cash equivalents at                     
  beginning of year.                      17,020              21,623
                                                       
Cash and cash equivalents at end of     $ 14,474(a)         $  8,294(a)
period
                                                       
Supplemental  disclosure of cash                    
flow information:
                                                       
  Interest paid                        $     884            $    481
                                                        
  Income taxes paid                    $     114            $    275

(a)  The balances at June 30, 1995 and 1994, include $9.1 million and
     $2.0 million of cash and cash equivalents, respectively, pledged 
     to assure the availability of certain letter of credit facilities.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the interim consolidated
                         financial statements.
        
        
              EMERSON RADIO CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
       NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          June 30, 1995
                           (Unaudited)
                                
NOTE 1

       The   unaudited   interim  consolidated   financial   statements
reflect   all   adjustments  that  management  believes  necessary   to
present  fairly  the  results  of  operations  for  the  periods  being
reported.  The  unaudited  interim  consolidated  financial  statements
have  been  prepared  pursuant  to the rules  and  regulations  of  the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission and accordingly  do  not  include
all  of  the  disclosures  normally made in  the  Emerson  Radio  Corp.
(the  "Company")  annual  consolidated  financial  statements.  It   is
suggested   that   these   unaudited  interim  consolidated   financial
statements  be  read  in  conjunction with the  consolidated  financial
statements  and  notes  thereto for the  year  ended  March  31,  1995,
included in the Company's annual Form 10-K filing.

       Due   to   the   seasonal  nature  of  the  Company's   consumer
electronics  business,   the  results of   operations  for   the  three
months  ended  June  30,  1995 are not necessarily  indicative  of  the
results of operations for the full year ending March 31, 1996.

NOTE 2

      Net  loss  per  common share for the three  month  periods  ended
June  30,  1995  and  1994  are based on the  weighted  average  number
of  shares  of  common  stock  outstanding  during  each  period.   The
net  loss  per  share  for both periods does not include  common  stock
equivalents assumed outstanding since they are anti-dilutive.

NOTE 3

      The  provision  for  income taxes for  the  three   months  ended
June  30,  1995  and  1994  consists  primarily  of  taxes  related  to
international   operations.  The  Company   did   not   recognize   tax
benefits  for  losses  incurred  by  its  domestic  operations   (after
tax  recognition  of  prior  year book  deductions)  during  the  three
months ended June 30, 1995 and 1994.

NOTE 4

       Spare   parts   inventories,  net   of   reserves,   aggregating
$2,583,000  and  $2,763,000  at  June 30,  1995  and  March  31,  1995,
respectively,  are  included  in "Prepaid expenses  and  other  current
assets".
                                

NOTE 5

Long-term debt consists of the following:

                                       (In thousands of dollars)
                                         June 30,     March 31,
                                            1995          1995
Notes payable to unsecured                           
  creditors                             $   342      $   465
Equipment notes and other                   309          257
                                                     
                                            651          722
Less current obligations                    458          508
                                        $   193      $   214

NOTE 6

      The  30  million  shares  of Common  Stock  issued  to  GSE
Multimedia  Technologies  Corp.,  Fidenas  International  Limited
L.L.C.  and  Elision  International, Inc.  on   March  31,  1994,
pursuant to the Company's bankruptcy restructuring plan, are  the
subject of certain legal proceedings.  Transfer of certain shares
owned  by Fidenas International Limited L.L.C. have been enjoined
by  court orders issued in the United States Bankruptcy Court for
the  Southern  District of New York and the Commonwealth  of  the
Bahamas.   The  Company is not a party to any of the  proceedings
described  herein;  it  is possible that  a  court  of  competent
jurisdiction  may order the turnover of all or a portion  of  the
shares of Common Stock owned by such persons to a third party.  A
turnover  of  a  substantial portion of the  Common  Stock  could
result in a "change of controlling ownership" prohibited pursuant
to  the  terms of the Company's loan and security agreement  with
its primary United States lender. Additionally, such a change  in
controlling ownership could result in a second "ownership change"
under  Internal Revenue Code Section 382, which could affect  the
Company's  ability to use its net operating loss and  tax  credit
carryforwards. The Company does not believe the litigation or the
results  thereof  will  have a material  adverse  effect  on  the
Company or on the Company's financial position.

      The  Company  is presently engaged in litigation  regarding
several bankruptcy claims which have not been resolved since  the
restructuring of the Company's debt.  The largest claim was filed
July  25,  1994  in  connection with  the  rejection  of  certain
executory   contracts  with  two  Brazilian   entities,   Cineral
Electronica   de  Amazonia  Ltda.  and  Cineral  Magazine   Ltda.
(collectively, "Cineral"). The contracts were executed in  August
1993,   shortly  before  the  Company's  filing  for   bankruptcy
protection.  The  amount  claimed  was  $93,563,457,   of   which
$86,785,000  represents a claim for lost profits  and  $6,400,000
for plant installation and establishment of offices, which were 
installed  and  established  prior  to  execution  of   the
contracts. The claim was filed as an unsecured claim and, 
therefore, will be satisfied, to the  extent the claim is allowed 
by the Bankruptcy Court, in the manner other allowed unsecured 
claims are satisfied.  The Company has objected to  the  claim and 
intends to vigorously contest such  claim  and believes  it  has 
meritorious defenses to the highly  speculative portion  of  the 
claim for lost profits and the portion  of  the claim  for  actual
damages for expenses incurred  prior  to  the execution  of  the
contracts.  Additionally,  the  Company   has instituted  an  
adversary  proceeding  in  the  Bankruptcy  Court asserting  damages
caused by Cineral.  A motion filed by  Cineral to  dismiss  the  
adversary  proceeding  has  been  denied.   The adversary proceeding
and claim objection have been  consolidated into one proceeding. An 
adverse final ruling on the Cineral claim could  have a material 
adverse effect on the Company, even though it would be limited to 
18.3% of the final claim determined by  a court  of  competent 
jurisdiction; however, with respect  to  the claim  for  lost 
profits, in light of the foregoing, the  Company believes the 
chances for recovery for lost profits are remote.

NOTE 7

      The Company has a 50% investment in E & H Partners, a joint
venture  that  purchases,  refurbishes  and  sells  all  of   the
Company's product returns.  The results of this joint venture are
accounted for by the equity method.  The Company's equity in  the
earnings of the joint venture is reflected as a reduction of cost
of   sales   in  the  Company's  unaudited  interim  Consolidated
Statements   of  Operations.  Summarized  financial   information
relating to the joint venture is as follows (in thousands):

                                     June 30,    March 31,
                                        1995         1995
                                                
 Accounts receivable from joint     $ 17,495(a)  $ 15,283
 venture (a)
                                               
                                         Three Months
                                              Ended
                                        June 30, 1995
                                        (In thousands)
                                               
 Condensed income statement (c):               
    Net sales                              $ 7,274(b)
    Net earnings                               919
____________________
(a) Secured by a lien on the partnership's inventory.  Such lien
    has been assigned to the Company's primary lender as collateral
    for the U.S. line of credit facility.
(b) Includes sales to the Company of $1,425,000.
(c) E&H Partners was inactive for substantially all of the three
    month period ended June 30, 1994.
    
 
 
     The Company filed suit on July 5, 1995 in the State Court of
New Jersey alleging Hopper Radio of Florida, Inc. ("Hopper"), the
Company's partner in E&H Partners, Barry Smith, the President  of
Hopper,  and three former employees of the Company (collectively,
the  "Defendants") have formed a business entity for the  purpose
of  engaging in the distribution of consumer electronics and that
the  action  of  the Defendants in connection therewith  violated
certain duties owed to and rights of the Company.  E & H Partners
has  continued  to  operate since the  filing  of  said  lawsuit.
However,  the Company cannot predict at this time how  this  suit
will, if at all, affect the joint venture or the Company.
                                
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make
any representation not contained in this Prospectus in connection
with the offer made hereby.  If given or made, such information
or representation must not be relied upon as having been
authorized by the Company.  This Prospectus does not constitute
an offer of any securities other than the securities to which it
relates or an offer to any person in any jurisdiction where such
an offer would be unlawful.  Neither delivery of this Prospectus
nor any sale made hereunder shall under any circumstances create
an implication that information contained herein is correct as of
any time subsequent to the date hereof.
              
                         $20,750,000 of
         8-1/2% Senior Subordinated Convertible Debentures
                            Due 2002
                                
                                
                                
   TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                
                                       PAGE          PROSPECTUS

Summary                                  1
Risk Factors                            11
The Company                             20
Use of Proceeds                         23
Capitalization                          24
Selected Consolidated Financial Data    25     
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Results of Operations and
  Financial Condition                   27
Business                                38
Legal Proceedings                       49   
Management                              54         October 25, 1995
Executive Compensation and Other
  Information                           57
Principal Stockholders                  65
Certain Relationships and Related
  Transactions                          67
Description of Debentures               71
Description of Other Securities         87
Certain Federal Income Tax
  Considerations                        93
Selling Securityholders                102
Plan of Distribution                   104
Experts                                105
Interim Financial Information          105
Legal Matters                          106
Available Information                  106
Index to Consolidated
Financial Statements                   F-1


                          
                           PROSPECTUS
                                
                                
                             PART II
                                
             INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
                                
                                
Item 13.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution*

     The following are the estimated expenses of the issuance and
distribution  of the securities being registered, including  fees
and  expenses previously incurred by the Company, other than  any
underwriting  compensation.  None of such expenses have  been  or
will be borne by the Selling Securityholders.

               Item                        Amount
                                           

Securities and Exchange Commission
   Registration Fees              $          7,155.17  
                                           
Legal Fees and Expenses                     20,000.00
                                           
Accountants' Fees and Expenses              25,000.00
                                           
Trustee's Fees and Expenses                  1,500.00
                                           
Printing and Engraving Expenses             20,000.00
                                           
Miscellaneous Expenses                      11,344.83

     Total                                  85,000.00
                        
_______________
* All  expenses are estimated, except the Securities and  Exchange
  Commission Registration Fee.

Item 14.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers

       Section  145  of  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law
("Section  145") (a) gives Delaware corporations broad powers  to
indemnify  their  present and former directors and  officers  and
those of affiliated corporations against expenses incurred in the
defense  of any lawsuit to which they are made parties by  reason
of  being  or having been such directors or officers, subject  to
specified  conditions and exclusions, (b)  gives  a  director  or
officer  who successfully defends an action the right  to  be  so
indemnified and (c) authorizes the corporation to buy  directors'
and  officers' liability insurance.  Such indemnification is  not
exclusive  of any other right to which those indemnified  may  be
entitled  under  any  bylaw, agreement, vote of  stockholders  or
otherwise.

     The Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that the
Company (a) shall indemnify every person who is or was a director
or   officer  of  the  Company  or  is  or  was  serving  at  the
Corporation's  request  as  a  director  or  officer  of  another
corporation,   partnership,  joint  venture,   trust   or   other
enterprise  and (b) shall, if the board of directors so  directs,
indemnify  any person who is or was an employee or agent  of  the
Company  or  is  or was serving at the Company's  request  as  an
employee  or  agent  of another corporation,  partnership,  joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, to the extent, in the manner,
and  subject  to  compliance  with the  applicable  standards  of
conduct,  provided by Section 145 as the same (or any  substitute
provision therefor) may be in effect from time to time.

      Any such indemnification shall continue as to a person  who
has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall
inure  to  the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators
of such a person.

      The  Plan  of Reorganization provided that, among specified
others, any and all directors, officers and stockholders  who  at
any time from after July 8, 1992, or as of the effective date  of
the  Plan of Reorganization acted as such, are released from  all
liability based upon any act or commission of every kind  related
to   past  service  with,  for  or  on  behalf  of  any  of   the
Restructuring   companies,  except  where   such   liability   is
predicated  on a finding of gross negligence, willful  misconduct
or fraud.

      The  Company  has  procured insurance for  the  purpose  of
substantially   covering  its  future  potential  liability   for
indemnification under Section 145 as discussed above and  certain
future  potential liability of individual officers  or  directors
incurred  in  their  capacity as such which  is  not  subject  to
indemnification.

Item 15.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

           During the past three years, the Company has not  sold
any unregistered securities, except as follows:

      (a)  On  March 31, 1994, the effective date of the Plan  of
Reorganization,  all  shares of common  stock  and  other  equity
securities then outstanding were canceled in accordance with  the
Plan  of  Reorganization, and 33,333,333 shares of Common  Stock,
10,000  shares  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock,  and  Creditors'
Warrants  to acquire 750,000 shares of Common Stock were  issued.
Of  such  securities,  3,333,333 shares of Common  Stock,  10,000
shares  of Series A Preferred Stock, and the Creditors'  Warrants
were issued to holders of claims (in exchange for such claims) in
reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section
1145  of the United States Bankruptcy Code.  No underwriters were
involved in such transactions.

      (b)  In  July,  September, and October  1994,  the  Company
granted  options to purchase an aggregate of 1,890,000 shares  of
Common Stock (net of cancellations) at a purchase price of  $1.00
per  share  (except  for 600,000 of such options  which  have  an
exercise price of $1.10 per share) to certain executive officers.
The  options  were  granted in reliance  on  the  exemption  from
registration   provided  by  Rule  701  promulgated   under   the
Securities Act.

      (c)  In February 1995, 769,446 shares of Common Stock  were
issued without additional consideration to satisfy certain  anti-
dilution provisions of the Plan of Reorganization resulting  from
the sale of 6,149,993 shares of Common Stock by the Company in  a
registered public offering during 1994.  Such shares were  issued
to  holders of claims in the Company's bankruptcy proceedings  in
reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section
1145  of the United States Bankruptcy Code.  No underwriters were
involved  in  the  issuance of such shares  to  such  holders  of
claims.

     (d) In August 1995, the Company issued $20,750,000 aggregate
principal  amount of Debentures through the Placement  Agent  and
its authorized dealers to the Selling Securityholders in reliance
upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2)  of
the Securities Act.

Item 16.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     (a)  The following is a complete list of Exhibits filed as a
part of this Registration Statement:

EXHIBIT             DESCRIPTION

(2)      Confirmation Order and Fourth  Amended
         Joint   Plan   of  Reorganization   of
         Emerson  Radio  Corp. ("Old  Emerson")
         and certain subsidiaries under Chapter
         11  of  the  United States  Bankruptcy
         Code,    dated    March    31,    1994
         (incorporated by reference to  Exhibit
         (2)    of    Emerson's    Registration
         Statement  on  Form S-1,  Registration
         No.  33-53621, declared  effective  by
         the Securities and Exchange Commission
         ("SEC") on August 9, 1994).

(3) (a)  Certificate   of   Incorporation    of
         Emerson (incorporated by reference  to
         Exhibit    (3)   (a)   of    Emerson's
         Registration  Statement on  Form  S-1,
         Registration  No.  33-53621,  declared
         effective  by  the SEC  on  August  9,
         1994).

(3) (b)  Certificate of Designation for  Series
         A  Preferred  Stock  (incorporated  by
         reference  to  Exhibit  (3)   (b)   of
         Emerson's  Registration  Statement  on
         Form  S-1,  Registration No. 33-53621,
         declared  effective  by  the  SEC   on
         August 9, 1994).

(3) (c)  Plan  of  Reorganization and Agreement
         of  Merger by and between Old  Emerson
         and  Emerson  Radio  (Delaware)  Corp.
         (incorporated by reference to  Exhibit
         (3)   (c)  of  Emerson's  Registration
         Statement  on  Form S-1,  Registration
         No.  33-53621, declared  effective  by
         the SEC on August 9, 1994).

(3) (d)  Certificate  of Merger of Old  Emerson
         with and into Emerson Radio (Delaware)
         Corp.  (incorporated by  reference  to
         Exhibit    (3)   (d)   of    Emerson's
         Registration  Statement on  Form  S-1,
         Registration  No.  33-53621,  declared
         effective  by  the SEC  on  August  9,
         1994).

(3) (e)  By-Laws  of  Emerson adopted  March  1994
         (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
         (3)   (e)   of   Emerson's   Registration
         Statement  on Form S-1, Registration  No.
         33-53621, declared effective by  the  SEC
         on August 9, 1994).

(4) (a)   Warrant  Agreement to  Purchase  750,000
          shares  of  Common Stock,  dated  as  of
          March   31,   1994   (incorporated    by
          reference   to  Exhibit   (4)   (a)   of
          Emerson's Registration Statement on Form
          S-1, Registration No. 33-53621, declared
          effective by the SEC on August 9, 1994).

(4) (b)   Indenture, dated as of August 17,  1995,
          between  Emerson and Bank One, Columbus,
          NA,   as   Trustee   (incorporated    by
          reference  to  Exhibit (1) of  Emerson's
          Current  Report on Form 8-K  filed  with
          the SEC on September 8, 1995).

(5)(a)    Opinion  of  Lowenstein, Sandler,  Kohl,
          Fisher  & Boylan, P.A., with respect  to
          Issuance of the Debentures.**

(10) (a)  Agreement,  dated  as  of  November  14,
          1973,  between  National Union  Electric
          Corporation    ("NUE")    and    Emerson
          (incorporated  by reference  to  Exhibit
          (10)   (a)   of  Emerson's  Registration
          Statement on Form S-1, Registration  No.
          33-53621, declared effective by the  SEC
          on August 9, 1994).

(10) (b)  Trademark  User Agreement, dated  as  of
          February  28, 1979, by and  between  NUE
          and  Emerson (incorporated by  reference
          to   Exhibit   (10)  (b)  of   Emerson's
          Registration  Statement  on  Form   S-1,
          Registration   No.  33-53621,   declared
          effective by the SEC on August 9, 1994).

(10) (c)  Agreement,  dated July 2, 1984,  between
          NUE   and   Emerson   (incorporated   by
          reference   to  Exhibit  (10)   (c)   of
          Emerson's Registration Statement on Form
          S-1, Registration No. 33-53621, declared
          effective by the SEC on August 9, 1994).

(10) (d)  Agreement,  dated  September  15,  1988,
          between NUE and Emerson (incorporated by
          reference   to  Exhibit  (10)   (d)   of
          Emerson's Registration Statement on Form
          S-1, Registration No. 33-53621, declared
          effective by the SEC on August 9, 1994).

(10) (e)  Form   of  Promissory  Note  issued   to
          certain      Pre-Petition      Creditors
          (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
          (10)(e)  of  Emerson's  Registration
          Statement on Form S-1, Registration  No.
          33-53621, declared effective by the  SEC
          on August 9, 1994).

(10) (f)  Loan and Security Agreement, dated March
          31,  1994, by and among Emerson, Majexco
          Imports,  Inc.  and  Congress  Financial
          Corporation  ("Congress")  (incorporated
          by  reference  to Exhibit  (10)  (f)  of
          Emerson's Registration Statement on Form
          S-1, Registration No. 33-53621, declared
          effective by the SEC on August 9, 1994).

(10) (g)  Emerson  Radio Corp. Stock  Compensation
          Program  (incorporated by  reference  to
          Exhibit    (10)    (i)   of    Emerson's
          Registration  Statement  on  Form   S-1,
          Registration   No.  33-53621,   declared
          effective by the SEC on August 9, 1994).

(10) (h)  Employment Agreement between Emerson and
          Eugene   I.   Davis   (incorporated   by
          reference   to   Exhibit   6(a)(4)    of
          Emerson's Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q
          for quarter ended June 30, 1992).

(10) (i)  Employment Agreement between Emerson and
          Albert G. McGrath, Jr. (incorporated  by
          reference   to   Exhibit   6(a)(7)    of
          Emerson's Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q
          for quarter ended June 30, 1992).

(10) (j)  Employment Agreement between Emerson and
          Geoffrey  P.  Jurick  (incorporated   by
          reference   to   Exhibit   6(a)(6)    of
          Emerson's Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q
          for quarter ended June 30, 1992).

(10) (k)  Employment  Agreement  between   Emerson
          Radio  (Hong Kong) Ltd. and Geoffrey  P.
          Jurick  (incorporated  by  reference  to
          Exhibit  6(a)(6) of Emerson's  Quarterly
          Report  on  Form 10-Q for quarter  ended
          June 30, 1992).

(10) (l)  Employment  Agreement  between   Emerson
          Radio   International   Ltd.   (formerly
          Emerson   Radio   (B.V.I),   Ltd.)   and
          Geoffrey  P.  Jurick  (incorporated   by
          reference   to    Exhibit   6(a)(6)   of
          Emerson's Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q
          for  quarter ended June 30, 1992).

(10) (m)  Lease  Agreement dated as of  March  26,
          1993,  by  and  between  Hartz  Mountain
          Parsippany  and Emerson with respect  to
          the premises located at Nine Entin Road,
          Parsippany,    NJ    (incorporated    by
          reference  to  Exhibit  (10)   (ww)   of
          Emerson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
          the year ended December 31, 1992).

(10) (n)  Employment  Agreement,  dated  July  13,
          1993,  between Emerson and Merle  Eakins
          (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to
          Exhibit  (10)(vv)  to  Emerson's  Annual
          Report  on Form 10-K for the year  ended
          March 31, 1993).

(10) (o)  Employment  Agreement,  dated  April  1,
          1994,  between Emerson and  John  Walker
          (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to
          Exhibit (10)(ee)    of     Emerson's
          Registration  Statement  on  Form   S-1,
          Registration   No.  33-53621,   declared
          effective by the SEC on August 9, 1994).

(10) (p)  Liquidating Trust Agreement, dated as of
          March  31,  1994, by and among  Emerson,
          Majexco Imports, Inc., H.H. Scott, Inc.,
          and  Stuart  D. Gavsy, Esq., as  Trustee
          (incorporated  by reference  to  Exhibit
          (10)   (ff)  of  Emerson's  Registration
          Statement on Form S-1, Registration  No.
          33-53621, declared effective by the  SEC
          on August 9, 1994).

(10) (q)  Partnership  Agreement, dated  April  1,
          1994,  between Emerson and Hopper  Radio
          of   Florida,   Inc.  (incorporated   by
          reference  to Exhibit 10(q) of Emerson's
          Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the
          fiscal year ended March 31, 1995).

(10) (r)  Sales  Agreement, dated April  1,  1994,
          between  Emerson  and E  &  H  Partners.
          (incorporated  by reference  to  Exhibit
          10(r) of Emerson's Annual Report on Form
          10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31,
          1995).

(10) (s)  Agreement,  dated July 1, 1994,  between
          Emerson  and  Alex  Wijnen  relating  to
          termination of employment and  agreement
          on consulting services. (incorporated by
          reference  to Exhibit 10(s) of Emerson's
          Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the
          fiscal year ended March 31, 1995).

(10) (t)  Independent   Consultant's    Agreement,
          dated  October 1, 1994, between  Emerson
          Radio  International Ltd. and  Peter  G.
          Bunger.  (incorporated by  reference  to
          Exhibit 10(t) of Emerson's Annual Report
          on  Form 10-K for the fiscal year  ended
          March 31, 1995).

(10) (u)  Independent   Consultant's    Agreement,
          dated  October 1, 1994, between  Emerson
          Radio  Europe B.V. and Peter  G.  Bunger
          (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10
          (u)  of Emerson's Annual Report on  Form
          10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31,
          1995).

(10) (v)  Employment  Agreement, dated October  3,
          1994,  between Emerson and Andrew  Cohan
          (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10
          (v)  of Emerson's Annual Report on  Form
          10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31,
          1995).

(10) (w)  License  Agreement, dated  February  22,
          1995,    between   Emerson   and   Otake
          (incorporated  by reference  to  Exhibit
          6(a)(1) of Emerson's quarterly report on
          Form 10-Q for quarter ended December 31,
          1994).

(10) (x)  Supply  Agreement,  dated  February  22,
          1995,    between   Emerson   and   Otake
          (incorporated  by reference  to  Exhibit
          6(a)(2) of Emerson's quarterly report on
          Form 10-Q for quarter ended December 31,
          1994).

(10) (y)  1994  Non-Employee Director Stock Option
          Plan   (incorporated  by  reference   to
          Exhibit  10  (y)  of  Emerson's   Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal  year
          ended March 31, 1995).

(10) (z)  Amendment No. 1 to Financing Agreements,
          dated  as  of  August  24,  1995,  among
          Emerson,   Majexco  Imports,  Inc.   and
          Congress  (incorporated by reference  to
          Exhibit (2) of Emerson's  Current Report
          on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on
          September 8, 1995).

(11)      Computation  of  Primary  Earnings   Per
          Share  (incorporated  by  reference   to
          Exhibit (11) of Emerson's Annual  Report
          on  Form 10-K for the fiscal year  ended
          March 31, 1995).

(12)      Computation of Ratios**

(21)      Subsidiaries  of  the Registrant  as  of
          March   31,   1995   (incorporated    by
          reference  to Exhibit (21) of  Emerson's
          Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the
          fiscal year ended March 31, 1995).

(23)      Consent of Experts and Counsel * and **

(25)      Form T-1 of Bank One, Columbus, NA**

(27)      Financial  Data Schedule for year  ended
          March   31,   1995   (incorporated    by
          reference  to Exhibit (27) of  Emerson's
          Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the
          fiscal year ended March 31, 1995).

____________________
 * Filed herewith (as to Consent of Ernst & Young LLP)
** Previously filed


       (b)   The  following  is  a  complete  list  of  Financial
Statements,   financial  statement  Schedules   and   Report   of
Independent  Auditors  filed  as  a  part  of  this  Registration
Statement and included with the financial statements filed  as  a
part of this Registration Statement:

          (1)    Financial  Statements  are  included  in   the
Prospectus;  see "Index to Consolidated Financial Statements"  in
the Prospectus at page F-1.

          (2)  Schedule VIII Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
and Reserves

      All  other  schedules  are omitted  because  they  are  not
applicable or the required information is shown in the  financial
statements or notes thereto.


Item 17.  Undertakings

      A.    Insofar  as  indemnification for liabilities  arising
under  the  Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,
officers  and controlling persons of the registrant  pursuant  to
the  foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has  been
advised  that  in  the  opinion of the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  such  indemnification is  against  public  policy  as
expressed  in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.   In  the
event  that  a claim for indemnification against such liabilities
(other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or
paid  by  a  director,  officer  or  controlling  person  of  the
Registrant  in  the  successful defense of any  action,  suit  or
proceeding)  is asserted by such director, officer or controlling
person  in  connection with the securities being registered,  the
registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the  matter
has  been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court  of
appropriate    jurisdiction    the    question    whether    such
indemnification  by it is against public policy as  expressed  in
the  Securities  Act of 1933 and will be governed  by  the  final
adjudication of such issue.

     B.  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

     (1)  To file, during any period in which offers or sales are
being  made,  a  post-effective amendment  to  this  registration
statement:

      (i)  To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3)
of the Securities Act of 1933;

      (ii)   To  reflect in the prospectus any  facts  or  events
arising  after  the effective date of the registration  statement
(or  the  most  recent post-effective amendment  thereof)  which,
individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental  change
in the information set forth in the registration statement; and

      (iii)  To include any material information with respect  to
the   plan  of  distribution  not  previously  disclosed  in  the
registration statement or any material change to such information
in the registration statement.

     C.   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

           (1)   For purposes of determining any liability  under
the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form
of  prospectus  filed  as  part of a  registration  statement  in
reliance  upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of  prospectus
filed  by  the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1)  or  (4)  or
497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of the
registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

           (2)   For  the  purposes of determining any  liability
under  the  Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment
that  contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be  a  new
registration   statement  relating  to  the  securities   offered
therein,  and the offering of such securities at that time  shall
be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
   
                           SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933,
as  amended,  the  registrant has duly caused  this  registration
statement  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,
thereunto  duly authorized, in the Town of Parsippany,  State  of
New Jersey, on the 20th day of October, 1995.

                                   EMERSON RADIO CORP.


                                   By:/s/ Geoffrey P. Jurick
                                          Geoffrey P. Jurick
                                          Chairman of the Board and
                                          Chief Executive Officer



      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933,
as  amended, this registration statement has been signed  by  the
following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

     Signature                Title                  Date


/s/ Geoffrey P. Jurick   Chairman of the Board,   October 20, 1995
    Geoffrey P. Jurick   Chief Executive Officer,
                         and Director (Principal
                         Executive Officer)

/s/ Eugene I. Davis      President, Interim Chief October 20, 1995
    Eugene I. Davis      Financial Officer, and
                         Director (Principal 
                         Financial and Accounting 
                         Officer)

/s/ Robert H. Brown, Jr.
    Robert H. Brown, Jr. Director                October 20, 1995

/s/ Peter G. Bunger
    Peter G. Bunger      Director                October 20, 1995

/s/ Jerome H. Farnum
    Jerome H. Farnum     Director                 October 20, 1995

/s/ Raymond L. Steele
    Raymond L. Steele    Director                October 20, 1995


                                                     PAGE NUMBER        
EXHIBIT           DESCRIPTION                   IN SEQUENTIAL SYSTEM


(2)      Confirmation Order and Fourth  Amended
         Joint   Plan   of  Reorganization   of
         Emerson  Radio  Corp. ("Old  Emerson")
         and certain subsidiaries under Chapter
         11  of  the  United States  Bankruptcy
         Code,    dated    March    31,    1994
         (incorporated by reference to  Exhibit
         (2)    of    Emerson's    Registration
         Statement  on  Form S-1,  Registration
         No.  33-53621, declared  effective  by
         the Securities and Exchange Commission
         ("SEC") on August 9, 1994).

(3) (a)  Certificate   of   Incorporation    of
         Emerson (incorporated by reference  to
         Exhibit    (3)   (a)   of    Emerson's
         Registration  Statement on  Form  S-1,
         Registration  No.  33-53621,  declared
         effective  by  the SEC  on  August  9,
         1994).

(3) (b)  Certificate of Designation for  Series
         A  Preferred  Stock  (incorporated  by
         reference  to  Exhibit  (3)   (b)   of
         Emerson's  Registration  Statement  on
         Form  S-1,  Registration No. 33-53621,
         declared  effective  by  the  SEC   on
         August 9, 1994).

(3) (c)  Plan  of  Reorganization and Agreement
         of  Merger by and between Old  Emerson
         and  Emerson  Radio  (Delaware)  Corp.
         (incorporated by reference to  Exhibit
         (3)   (c)  of  Emerson's  Registration
         Statement  on  Form S-1,  Registration
         No.  33-53621, declared  effective  by
         the SEC on August 9, 1994).

(3) (d)  Certificate  of Merger of Old  Emerson
         with and into Emerson Radio (Delaware)
         Corp.  (incorporated by  reference  to
         Exhibit    (3)   (d)   of    Emerson's
         Registration  Statement on  Form  S-1,
         Registration  No.  33-53621,  declared
         effective  by  the SEC  on  August  9,
         1994).

(3) (e)  By-Laws  of  Emerson adopted  March  1994
         (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
         (3)   (e)   of   Emerson's   Registration
         Statement  on Form S-1, Registration  No.
         33-53621, declared effective by  the  SEC
         on August 9, 1994).

(4) (a)  Warrant  Agreement to  Purchase  750,000
         shares  of  Common Stock,  dated  as  of
         March   31,   1994   (incorporated    by
         reference   to  Exhibit   (4)   (a)   of
         Emerson's Registration Statement on Form
         S-1, Registration No. 33-53621, declared
         effective by the SEC on August 9, 1994).

(4) (b)  Indenture, dated as of August 17,  1995,
         between  Emerson and Bank One, Columbus,
         NA,   as   Trustee   (incorporated    by
         reference  to  Exhibit (1) of  Emerson's
         Current  Report on Form 8-K  filed  with
         the SEC on September 8, 1995).

(5)(a)   Opinion  of  Lowenstein, Sandler,  Kohl,
         Fisher  & Boylan, P.A., with respect  to
         Issuance of the Debentures.**

(10) (a) Agreement,  dated  as  of  November  14,
         1973,  between  National Union  Electric
         Corporation    ("NUE")    and    Emerson
         (incorporated  by reference  to  Exhibit
         (10)   (a)   of  Emerson's  Registration
         Statement on Form S-1, Registration  No.
         33-53621, declared effective by the  SEC
         on August 9, 1994).

(10) (b) Trademark  User Agreement, dated  as  of
         February  28, 1979, by and  between  NUE
         and  Emerson (incorporated by  reference
         to   Exhibit   (10)  (b)  of   Emerson's
         Registration  Statement  on  Form   S-1,
         Registration   No.  33-53621,   declared
         effective by the SEC on August 9, 1994).

(10) (c) Agreement,  dated July 2, 1984,  between
         NUE   and   Emerson   (incorporated   by
         reference   to  Exhibit  (10)   (c)   of
         Emerson's Registration Statement on Form
         S-1, Registration No. 33-53621, declared
         effective by the SEC on August 9, 1994).

(10) (d) Agreement,  dated  September  15,  1988,
         between NUE and Emerson (incorporated by
         reference   to  Exhibit  (10)   (d)   of
         Emerson's Registration Statement on Form
         S-1, Registration     No.    33-53621,
         declared effective by the SEC on August 9,
         1994).

(10) (e) Form   of  Promissory  Note  issued   to
         certain      Pre-Petition      Creditors
         (incorporated  by reference  to  Exhibit
         (10)   (e)   of  Emerson's  Registration
         Statement on Form S-1, Registration  No.
         33-53621, declared effective by the  SEC
         on August 9, 1994).

(10) (f) Loan and Security Agreement, dated March
         31,  1994, by and among Emerson, Majexco
         Imports,  Inc.  and  Congress  Financial
         Corporation  ("Congress")  (incorporated
         by  reference  to Exhibit  (10)  (f)  of
         Emerson's Registration Statement on Form
         S-1, Registration No. 33-53621, declared
         effective by the SEC on August 9, 1994).

(10) (g) Emerson  Radio Corp. Stock  Compensation
         Program  (incorporated by  reference  to
         Exhibit    (10)    (i)   of    Emerson's
         Registration  Statement  on  Form   S-1,
         Registration   No.  33-53621,   declared
         effective by the SEC on August 9, 1994).

(10) (h) Employment Agreement between Emerson and
         Eugene   I.   Davis   (incorporated   by
         reference   to   Exhibit   6(a)(4)    of
         Emerson's Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q
         for quarter ended June 30, 1992).

(10) (i) Employment Agreement between Emerson and
         Albert G. McGrath, Jr. (incorporated  by
         reference   to   Exhibit   6(a)(7)    of
         Emerson's Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q
         for quarter ended June 30, 1992).

(10) (j) Employment Agreement between Emerson and
         Geoffrey  P.  Jurick  (incorporated   by
         reference   to   Exhibit   6(a)(6)    of
         Emerson's Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q
         for quarter ended June 30, 1992).

(10) (k) Employment  Agreement  between   Emerson
         Radio  (Hong Kong) Ltd. and Geoffrey  P.
         Jurick  (incorporated  by  reference  to
         Exhibit  6(a)(6) of Emerson's  Quarterly
         Report  on  Form 10-Q for quarter  ended
         June 30, 1992).

(10) (l) Employment  Agreement  between   Emerson
         Radio   International   Ltd.   (formerly
         Emerson   Radio   (B.V.I),   Ltd.)   and
         Geoffrey  P.  Jurick  (incorporated   by
         reference   to    Exhibit   6(a)(6)   of
         Emerson's Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q
         for  quarter ended June 30, 1992).

(10) (m) Lease  Agreement dated as of  March  26,
         1993,  by  and  between  Hartz  Mountain
         Parsippany  and Emerson with respect  to
         the premises located at Nine Entin Road,
         Parsippany,    NJ    (incorporated    by
         reference  to  Exhibit  (10)   (ww)   of
         Emerson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
         the year ended December 31, 1992).

(10) (n) Employment  Agreement,  dated  July  13,
         1993,  between Emerson and Merle  Eakins
         (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to
         Exhibit  (10)(vv)  to  Emerson's  Annual
         Report  on Form 10-K for the year  ended
         March 31, 1993).

(10) (o) Employment  Agreement,  dated  April  1,
         1994,  between Emerson and  John  Walker
         (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to
         Exhibit     (10)(ee)    of     Emerson's
         Registration  Statement  on  Form   S-1,
         Registration   No.  33-53621,   declared
         effective by the SEC on August 9, 1994).

(10) (p) Liquidating Trust Agreement, dated as of
         March  31,  1994, by and among  Emerson,
         Majexco Imports, Inc., H.H. Scott, Inc.,
         and  Stuart  D. Gavsy, Esq., as  Trustee
         (incorporated  by reference  to  Exhibit
         (10)   (ff)  of  Emerson's  Registration
         Statement on Form S-1, Registration  No.
         33-53621, declared effective by the  SEC
         on August 9, 1994).

(10) (q) Partnership  Agreement, dated  April  1,
         1994,  between Emerson and Hopper  Radio
         of   Florida,   Inc.  (incorporated   by
         reference  to Exhibit 10(q) of Emerson's
         Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the
         fiscal year ended March 31, 1995).

(10) (r) Sales  Agreement, dated April  1,  1994,
         between  Emerson  and E  &  H  Partners.
         (incorporated  by reference  to  Exhibit
         10(r) of Emerson's Annual Report on Form
         10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31,
         1995).

(10) (s) Agreement,  dated July 1, 1994,  between
         Emerson  and  Alex  Wijnen  relating  to
         termination of employment and  agreement
         on consulting services. (incorporated by
         reference  to Exhibit 10(s) of Emerson's
         Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the
         fiscal year ended March 31, 1995).

(10) (t) Independent   Consultant's    Agreement,
         dated  October 1, 1994, between  Emerson
         Radio  International Ltd. and  Peter  G.
         Bunger.  (incorporated by  reference  to
         Exhibit 10(t) of Emerson's Annual Report
         on  Form 10-K for the fiscal year  ended
         March 31, 1995).

(10) (u) Independent   Consultant's    Agreement,
         dated  October 1, 1994, between  Emerson
         Radio  Europe B.V. and Peter  G.  Bunger
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10
         (u)  of Emerson's Annual Report on  Form
         10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31,
         1995).

(10) (v) Employment  Agreement, dated October  3,
         1994,  between Emerson and Andrew  Cohan
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10
         (v)  of Emerson's Annual Report on  Form
         10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31,
         1995).

(10) (w) License  Agreement, dated  February  22,
         1995,    between   Emerson   and   Otake
         (incorporated  by reference  to  Exhibit
         6(a)(1) of Emerson's quarterly report on
         Form 10-Q for quarter ended December 31,
         1994).

(10) (x) Supply  Agreement,  dated  February  22,
         1995,    between   Emerson   and   Otake
         (incorporated  by reference  to  Exhibit
         6(a)(2) of Emerson's quarterly report on
         Form 10-Q for quarter ended December 31,
         1994).

(10) (y) 1994  Non-Employee Director Stock Option
         Plan   (incorporated  by  reference   to
         Exhibit  10  (y)  of  Emerson's   Annual
         Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal  year
         ended March 31, 1995).

(10) (z) Amendment No. 1 to Financing Agreements,
         dated  as  of  August  24,  1995,  among
         Emerson,   Majexco  Imports,  Inc.   and
         Congress  (incorporated by reference  to
         Exhibit (2) of Emerson's  Current Report
         on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on
         September 8, 1995).

(11)     Computation  of  Primary  Earnings   Per
         Share  (incorporated  by  reference   to
         Exhibit (11) of Emerson's Annual  Report
         on  Form 10-K for the fiscal year  ended
         March 31, 1995).

(12)     Computation of Ratios**

(21)     Subsidiaries  of  the Registrant  as  of
         March   31,   1995   (incorporated    by
         reference  to Exhibit (21) of  Emerson's
         Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the
         fiscal year ended March 31, 1995).

(23)     Consent of Experts and Counsel * and **

(25)     Form T-1 of Bank One, Columbus, NA.**

(27)     Financial  Data Schedule for year  ended
         March   31,   1995   (incorporated    by
         reference  to Exhibit (27) of  Emerson's
         Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the
         fiscal year ended March 31, 1995).

____________________
  * Filed herewith (as to Consent of Ernst & Young LLP)
 ** Previously filed



                                 CONSENT

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to 
the use of our report dated May 24, 1995, in Amendment No. 1 to the
Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 33-62873) and related Prospectus
of Emerson Radio Corp. for the Registration of its 8.5% Senior
Subordinated Convertible Debentures Due 2002.

                                               /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
                                                   Ernst & Young

New York, New York

October 20, 1995



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission